Manual_de_ServiA_o_Audmax_Evolution

Prévia do material em texto

Foreword 
Please read and understand the service manual carefully to ensure correct servicing of the 
Analyzer. 
After reading, please keep the service manual properly and place it at an accessible position for 
lookup at any time. 
Product name: Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 Model: CS-T180 
Date of preparation: August 2018; Rev. No.: REV.2018-08. 
Intellectual Property 
Dirui Industrial Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as Dirui Company) reserves the intellectual 
property of the service manual and related products. 
© 2017 All rights reserved 
Without the written approval of Dirui Company, any individuals or organizations shall not copy, 
alter or translate any parts of the manual. 
Statement 
Dirui Company has the final interpretation right of the manual. 
Dirui Company declares that it will be responsible for the safety, reliability and performances 
of the product only if all following requirements are met. 
1) The assembly, readjustment, improvement and repair of the Analyzer are undertaken by 
personnel approved by Dirui Company. 
2) Relevant electrical equipment complies with national standards. 
3) Product repair is carried out according to the service manual. 
 
Repair Service 
Charge-free services: 
Products within the scope of warranty of Dirui Company can enjoy charge-free services. 
Chargeable services: 
1) Services for products beyond the range of the warranty of Dirui Company. 
2) Repair of products caused by following factors, even within the warranty period. 
Artificial damages, improper use, network voltage beyond the regulated range, irresistible 
natural disasters, accessories or consumables not approved by Dirui Company, or repair of the 
product by personnel not authorized by Dirui Company. 
Change/ Refund 
Please follow steps below for change/ refund from Dirui Company. 
(1) Get the right of change/ refund: Contact the after-sales service personnel of Dirui Company, 
inform the serial number of the product, indicate the product model and describe the reason of 
refund in brief. 
(2) Transportation expense: The user shall bear the transportation expenses (including customs 
fees) to Dirui Company. 
After-sales Service Provider 
After-sales Service Unit: Dirui Industrial Co., Ltd. 
Address: 3333 Yiju Road, New & High Tech. Development Zone, Changchun Post Code: 
130103 
International Customer Service Hotline: +86 400 808 7597 
International Customer Service E-mail: service@dirui.com.cn 
Domestic Customer Service Hotline: 400 811 6695 400 811 6605 
 
Domestic Fax: 0431-85100405 
Domestic Customer Service E-mail: service.ch@dirui.com.cn 
Readers 
The readers of the maintenance manual are Dirui Company and the maintenance personnel 
authorized by Dirui Company. 
Symbols 
1. Symbols 
Symbol Meaning 
 
Biological hazards which warn the operator of biological infectivity. 
 
Laser, dangerous symbol 
 
AC 
 Medical apparatus and instruments for in vitro diagnosis 
 Lot code 
 
Service life 
 Serial number 
 
Manufacturing date 
 
Protective earthing 
 
Manufacturer 
 
The equipment complies with the requirements of European Union for in vitro diagnostic medical 
devices. 
 
Attention, refer to accompanying document or mark specific warning or attention conditions 
 Classification No. 
 
On (power) 
 
Symbol Meaning 
 
Off (power) 
 
Transportation and storage temperature limit (temperature limit) 
 
Transportation and storage humidity limit (humidity limit) 
 
Atmospheric pressure limit (atmospheric pressure limit) 
 
Be careful, burns 
 
Mark indicating the use of restricted hazardous substances in electronic and electrical products. It 
means the product contains some substances whose use is restricted (but the content is within the 
allowable range), the product can be used without hazards in an environment-friendly use period (7 
years) but it shall be put to recycling system after the expiry of environment-friendly use period. 
2. Signs 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
 
(5) 
(6) 
Safety Precautions 
 
● If the hospital or organization in charge of the instrument can not formulate a satisfactory 
servicing/ repair plan, the instrument may not operate normally and personal health may be 
affected. 
● Combustible gas (such as anesthetic) or combustible liquid (such as ethyl alcohol) shall not 
be used near the product to prevent explosion. 
● Power supply shall be cut off when the product is repaired. Repair of the instrument when 
it is turned on may cause electric shock and damages of electrical components. 
● Please connect the Analyzer to a socket with an independent fuse and protective switch. If 
the Analyzer shares a fuse and protective switch with other equipment (such as life support 
equipment), trip may occur in case of a fault, over current or impact current at the moment of 
startup. 
● The clothes, hair and hands of the servicing personnel shall be away from moving 
components such as sampling probe to prevent pinching or piercing. 
● As the part with warning signs may have mechanical action, human body injuries such as 
pinching and stabbing may be caused in normal operation, disassembly or servicing. 
● The operator is obligated to follow national and local regulations on discharge and 
treatment of expired reagent, waste liquid, waste sample and consumables. 
● The reagent will irritate eyes, skin and mucosa. The operator shall abide by laboratory 
operation safety regulations and wear personal protective appliances (such as laboratory 
clothes and gloves) when touching reagent related articles in the laboratory. 
● Once the reagent touches with skin, use a large amount of water to flush the skin, or send 
the injured to a doctor if necessary. Once the reagent touches with eyes, use a large amount of 
water to flush the eyes and send the injured to a doctor. 
● The Analyzer shall be used by professional medical examination personnel or trained 
doctors, nurses or testers. 
 
● The samples, quality control objects, calibration objects and waste liquid have potential 
biological infectivity. The servicing person shall abide by laboratory operation safety 
regulations and wear personal protective appliances (such as laboratory clothes and gloves) 
when touching and handling relevant articles in the laboratory. 
● As all components and surface of the Analyzer have potential infectivity, safety protection 
measures shall be taken in operation and servicing. 
● Do not touch the tip of the sampling probe as the tip is sharp and it may have blood sample, 
quality control object and calibration object that have potential biological infectivity. 
I 
 
Contents 
Chapter 1 Overview of the Analyzer .................................................................................................. 1 
1.1 System overview ............................................................................................................................................. 1 
1.2 Structure and introduction of the Analyzer ................................................................................................... 1 
1.2.1 Structure of the Analyzer................................................................................................................................................ 1 
1.2.2 Front view (without shield) of the Analyzer ................................................................................................................... 2 
1.2.3 Rear view (without shield) of the Analyzer .................................................................................................................... 2 
1.2.4 Left view (without shield) of the Analyzer ..................................................................................................................... 3 
1.2.5 Right view (without shield) of the Analyzer .................................................................................................................. 4 
1.3 Working principle ..........................................................................................................................................4 
1.3.1 Analysis process ............................................................................................................................................................. 4 
1.3.2 Characteristics of photometry ......................................................................................................................................... 5 
Chapter 2 Installation of the Analyzer ............................................................................................... 6 
2.1 Installation requirements ............................................................................................................................... 6 
2.1.1 Space requirements......................................................................................................................................................... 6 
2.1.2 Environmental requirements .......................................................................................................................................... 6 
2.1.3 Power requirements ........................................................................................................................................................ 7 
2.1.4 Requirements for pure water device ............................................................................................................................... 7 
2.2 Unpacking ....................................................................................................................................................... 7 
2.2.1 Unpacking steps ............................................................................................................................................................. 7 
2.2.2 Handling method ............................................................................................................................................................ 7 
2.3 Installation process ......................................................................................................................................... 8 
2.3.1 Installation of the Analyzer ............................................................................................................................................ 8 
2.3.2 Power connection ......................................................................................................................................................... 12 
2.3.3 Connection of peripheral equipment ............................................................................................................................ 12 
2.3.4 Software installation and uninstallation ........................................................................................................................ 12 
2.3.5 Pure water filling .......................................................................................................................................................... 16 
2.3.6 Discharge of waste liquid ............................................................................................................................................. 16 
2.3.7 System login ................................................................................................................................................................. 17 
2.3.8 Debugging of the Analyzer ........................................................................................................................................ 19 
2.3.9 Test of clinical items .................................................................................................................................................... 20 
2.3.10 Training for medical personnel ................................................................................................................................... 20 
2.3.11 Fill-in of installation acceptance report ...................................................................................................................... 20 
2.4 Bar code reader of sample/ reagent disk ...................................................................................................... 20 
2.4.1 Scanning range of bar code reader................................................................................................................................ 20 
2.4.2 Requirements for sample container .............................................................................................................................. 20 
2.4.3 Requirements of reagent bottle ..................................................................................................................................... 20 
2.4.4 Requirements for sample bar codes use ........................................................................................................................ 20 
2.4.5 Requirements for reagent bar codes use ....................................................................................................................... 21 
2.4.6 Requirements for pasting bar code labels ..................................................................................................................... 21 
2.4.7 Use of bar code reader .................................................................................................................................................. 22 
2.4.8 Rule of reagent bar codes ............................................................................................................................................. 22 
Chapter 3 Introduction to unit modules .......................................................................................... 24 
3.1 Optical unit ................................................................................................................................................. 24 
3.1.1 Description of functions ............................................................................................................................................... 24 
3.1.2 Diagram ........................................................................................................................................................................ 24 
3.2 Probe unit ..................................................................................................................................................... 24 
3.2.1 Description of functions ............................................................................................................................................... 24 
3.2.2 Diagram ........................................................................................................................................................................ 25 
3.2.3 Work process ................................................................................................................................................................ 25 
3.3 Rinsing unit ................................................................................................................................................. 26 
3.3.1 Description of functions ............................................................................................................................................... 26 
3.3.2 Diagram ........................................................................................................................................................................ 26 
3.3.3 Work process ................................................................................................................................................................ 26 
3.4 Mixing unit ................................................................................................................................................. 28 
3.4.1 Description of functions ............................................................................................................................................... 28 
3.4.2 Diagram ........................................................................................................................................................................28 
3.4.3 Work process ................................................................................................................................................................ 28 
3.5 Reaction disk unit ......................................................................................................................................... 29 
3.5.1 Description of functions ............................................................................................................................................... 29 
3.5.2 Diagram ........................................................................................................................................................................ 29 
3.6 Sample/ reagent disk driving mechanism ..................................................................................................... 30 
3.6.1 Description of functions ............................................................................................................................................... 30 
3.6.2 Diagram ........................................................................................................................................................................ 30 
II 
 
3.7 Refrigeration chamber ................................................................................................................................. 31 
3.7.1 Description of functions ............................................................................................................................................... 31 
3.7.2 Diagram ........................................................................................................................................................................ 31 
3.7.3 Work process ................................................................................................................................................................ 31 
Chapter 4 Fluid circuit and gas circuit of the Analyzer ................................................................. 32 
4.1 Description of functions of fluid system ....................................................................................................... 32 
4.2 Schematic diagram of integral fluid circuit and gas circuit ......................................................................... 33 
4.3 Description of work process of gas circuit and fluid circuit system of the Analyzer ................................... 34 
4.3.1 Liquid aspirating, dispensing and rinsing functions ................................................................................................... 34 
4.3.2 Waste liquid collection and discharge of the Analyzer ............................................................................................... 35 
Chapter 5 Electric circuit of the Analyzer ....................................................................................... 36 
5.1 Electrical wiring diagram of the Analyzer ................................................................................................... 36 
5.2 Functions of circuit boards ........................................................................................................................... 36 
5.3 Electrical wiring diagram of circuit boards ................................................................................................. 38 
5.3.1 Probe control board ...................................................................................................................................................... 38 
5.3.2 Reaction disk control board .......................................................................................................................................... 38 
5.3.3 AC control board ........................................................................................................................................................ 39 
5.3.4 AC drive board ........................................................................................................................................................... 40 
5.3.5 ISE control board (optional) ....................................................................................................................................... 41 
Chapter 6 Components replacement and debugging ................................................................... 42 
6.1 Replacement and debugging of commonly used components ...................................................................... 42 
6.1.1 Halogen lamp replacement ........................................................................................................................................... 42 
6.1.2 Replacement of optical unit ........................................................................................................................................ 43 
6.1.3 Replacement and debugging of mixing bar ................................................................................................................ 47 
6.1.4 Replacement and debugging of probe assembly ......................................................................................................... 49 
6.1.5 Replacement of constant-temperature degassing system ............................................................................................ 50 
6.1.6 Electrode replacement .................................................................................................................................................. 51 
6.1.7 Replacement of tube for pinch valve .......................................................................................................................... 53 
6.1.8 Replacement of Peltier of reagent disk ....................................................................................................................... 53 
6.1.9 Replacement of heating window of sample reagent disk ............................................................................................ 54 
6.1.10 Replacement of driving component motor ............................................................................................................... 55 
6.1.11 Replacement of driving component optocoupler ...................................................................................................... 55 
Chapter 7 Maintenance ..................................................................................................................... 56 
7.1 System maintenance preparation ............................................................................................................... 56 
7.1.1 Tools and instruments .................................................................................................................................................. 56 
7.1.2 Pure water ..................................................................................................................................................................... 56 
7.1.3 Detergent ...................................................................................................................................................................... 56 
7.2 Application of "System Maintenance" window ........................................................................................... 57 
7.2.1 Reset Analyzer ............................................................................................................................................................. 57 
7.2.2 Check cuvette blank and light intensity ........................................................................................................................ 58 
7.2.3 Exhaust air .................................................................................................................................................................... 60 
7.2.4 Rinsing .........................................................................................................................................................................61 
7.2.5 Mechanism check ......................................................................................................................................................... 63 
7.2.6 Water quality check .................................................................................................................................................... 67 
7.2.7 Bar code ....................................................................................................................................................................... 67 
7.2.8 ISE ................................................................................................................................................................................ 68 
7.3 System maintenance position and parts ....................................................................................................... 72 
7.3.1 Clean, check and replace parts regularly .................................................................................................................... 72 
7.3.2 Spare parts for regular replacement and maintenance .................................................................................................. 73 
7.4 Maintenance methods ................................................................................................................................... 74 
7.4.1 Probe ............................................................................................................................................................................ 74 
7.4.2 Reaction disk ................................................................................................................................................................ 79 
7.4.3 Light source lamp ......................................................................................................................................................... 84 
7.4.4 Nozzles of rinsing mechanism ...................................................................................................................................... 84 
7.4.5 Mixing bar .................................................................................................................................................................... 84 
7.4.6 Cleaning refrigeration chamber .................................................................................................................................. 85 
7.4.7 Syringe pump ............................................................................................................................................................. 86 
7.4.8 Maintenance of the Analyzer before stop ..................................................................................................................... 86 
7.4.9 Cleaning and maintenance of the Analyzer ................................................................................................................ 86 
7.4.10 Waste liquid treatment .............................................................................................................................................. 87 
7.4.11 Cleaning of pure water tank and filter ...................................................................................................................... 87 
7.5 Maintenance of electrolyte device ................................................................................................................ 88 
7.5.1 Clean, check and replace parts regularly .................................................................................................................... 88 
7.5.2 Rinsing of ISE matching cuvette .................................................................................................................................. 89 
7.5.3 Rinsing of ISE reagent tubing ...................................................................................................................................... 89 
III 
 
7.5.4 Rinse flow cell .............................................................................................................................................................. 89 
7.5.5 Maintenance of CI electrode ...................................................................................................................................... 89 
7.5.6 Rinsing of ISE waste liquid part ................................................................................................................................. 90 
7.6 Scrapped analyzer ...................................................................................................................................... 91 
Chapter 8 Fault analysis .................................................................................................................... 92 
8.1 Causes and analysis of faults with alarm code ............................................................................................. 92 
8.1.1 Main control module .................................................................................................................................................... 92 
8.1.2 Reaction disk unit module ............................................................................................................................................ 99 
8.1.3 Probe unit module ...................................................................................................................................................... 105 
8.1.4 ISE unit module .......................................................................................................................................................... 135 
8.1.5 AC unit module .......................................................................................................................................................... 136 
Chapter 9 List of spare parts .......................................................................................................... 140 
9.1 List of Easily-worn Parts and Consumables .............................................................................................. 140 
9.1.1 List of Easily-worn Parts ............................................................................................................................................ 140 
9.1.2 List of Consumables ................................................................................................................................................... 140 
9.2 List of Maintenance Case ........................................................................................................................... 140 
9.2.1 List of Small Maintenance Case ................................................................................................................................. 140 
9.2.2 List of Big Maintenance Case .................................................................................................................................... 141 
9.2.3 List of ISE Maintenance Case .................................................................................................................................... 142 
9.3 List of frequently-used spare parts ............................................................................................................ 142 
9.3.1 List of assembly spare parts ....................................................................................................................................... 142 
9.3.2 List of switching power supply spare parts ................................................................................................................ 143 
9.3.3 List of circuit board spare parts .................................................................................................................................. 143 
9.3.4 List of sensor spare parts ............................................................................................................................................144 
9.3.5 List of pump spare parts ............................................................................................................................................. 144 
9.3.6 List of optocoupler spare parts ................................................................................................................................... 144 
9.3.7 List of timing belt spare parts ..................................................................................................................................... 145 
9.3.8 List of motor spare parts ............................................................................................................................................. 145 
9.3.9 List of valve spare parts .............................................................................................................................................. 145 
9.3.10 List of other spare parts ............................................................................................................................................ 145 
9.4 Unit exploded drawing and spare parts list ............................................................................................... 146 
9.4.1 Optical unit ................................................................................................................................................................. 146 
9.4.2 Probe unit ................................................................................................................................................................... 148 
9.4.3 Rinsing unit ................................................................................................................................................................ 152 
9.4.4 Mixing unit ............................................................................................................................................................... 154 
9.4.5 Reaction disk and driving mechanism ........................................................................................................................ 156 
9.4.6 Sample/ reagent disk unit ......................................................................................................................................... 162 
9.4.7 Constant-temperature degassing assembly ............................................................................................................... 170 
9.4.8 Syringe pump unit ...................................................................................................................................................... 172 
9.4.9 Valve group assembly .............................................................................................................................................. 174 
9.4.10 Waste liquid assembly .............................................................................................................................................. 176 
9.4.11 Waste liquid tank assembly .................................................................................................................................... 178 
9.4.12 Pure water unit ....................................................................................................................................................... 180 
9.4.13 Detergent tank assembly ......................................................................................................................................... 182 
9.4.14 Cover plate assembly ................................................................................................................................................ 184 
9.4.15 ISE unit..................................................................................................................................................................... 192 
9.5 Pipeline diagram and spare part codes list ............................................................................................... 208 
9.6 Accessories case exploded drawing and spare parts list ............................................................................ 212 
9.6.1 Accessory case ........................................................................................................................................................... 212 
9.6.2 Accessory case Layer 2 .............................................................................................................................................. 214 
9.6.3 Accessory case Layer 3 .............................................................................................................................................. 216 
9.6.4 Accessory case Layer 4 .............................................................................................................................................. 218 
Chapter 10 Manual revision and change record ........................................................................... 220 
 
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Chapter 1 Overview of the Analyzer 
1.1 System overview 
 The Auto-Chemistry Analyzer (model: CS-T180) is a discrete type modular analyzer with an external computer and it 
is used for emergency treatment with priority. 
The Analyzer has functions including automatic sample dispensing, reagent dispensing, interference shielding, mixing, 
preheating, reaction monitoring, rinsing and results calculation, display and printing. It fully imitates and substitutes 
manual operation, which not only improves work efficiency, but also reduces test error and improves the accuracy and 
precision of test results. 
Scope of application: Quantitative analysis of clinical chemical components such as serum, plasma, urine and cerebrospinal 
fluid. 
 
1.2 Structure and introduction of the Analyzer 
1.2.1 Structure of the Analyzer 
3
5 1
24
6
 
Fig. 1-2-1 Structure of the Analyzer 
No. Name No. Name 
1 Probe Unit 4 Rinsing Unit 
2 ISE Module (Optional) 5 Mixing Unit 
3 Sample /Reagent Disk 6 Reaction Disk 
 
1
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
1.2.2 Front view (without shield) of the instrument 
4
1
2
3
5
6
7
9
8
10
 
Fig. 1-2-2 Front view (without shield) of the Analyzer 
No. Name No. Name 
1 Mixing Unit 6 ISE Reagent Tank Assembly (Optional) 
2 Bar Code Reader Assembly (Optional) 7 Alkaline Detergent Bottle 
3 Power Drive Board 8 Rinsing Unit 
4 Reaction Disk Control Board 9 Observation Window of Syringe Pump 
5 Group Valve Assembly 10 Probe Unit 
 
1.2.3 Rear view (without shield) of the instrument 
8
13
1
2
3
4
5
7
6
9
12
10
11
14
15
 
Fig. 1-2-3 Rear view (without shield) of the instrument 
 
2
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
No. Name No. Name 
1 Syringe Pump Unit 9 ISE Control Board (Optional) 
2 Pump Assembly (ISE Optional) 10 Waste Liquid Float Socket 
3 ISE Reagent Tank Assembly (Optional) 11 Pure Water Float Socket 
4 
Constant-temperature Degassing 
Assembly 
12 Network Interface 
5 Valve Assembly (ISE Optional) 13 Switch Power Supply Assembly 
6 Water Outlet Connector Assembly 14 AC Control Board 
7 Waste Liquid Tank Assembly 15 Probe Control Board 
8 
Amplification Board Assembly (ISE 
Optional) 
 
 
1.2.4 Left view (without shield) of the Analyzer 
1
2
3
4
 
Fig. 1-2-4 Left view (without shield) of the Analyzer 
No. Name No. Name 
1 Halogen Lamp Assembly 3 AD Board Assembly 
2 Alkaline Detergent Bottle Assembly 4 Fan of the Analyzer 
 
3
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
1.2.5 Right view (without shield) of the Analyzer 
5 466
1
3
2
 
Fig. 1-2-5 Right view (without shield) of the Analyzer 
No. Name No. Name 
1 Fan of the Analyzer 4 Power Switch of Analyzing Module 
2 Power Indicator Lamp 5 Test System Assembly (ISE Optional) 
3 General Power Switch 6 Refrigeration Fan 
 
1.3 Working principle 
1.3.1 Analysis process 
The test flow is shown in the figure below:Fig. 1-3-1 Analysis process 
Notes: 
Taking reaction time as 13.5min as an example. 
4
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
1.3.2 Characteristics of photometry 
The Analyzer applies the whole-process photometry method. That is, the absorbance of reaction solution is 
continuously measured in the 13.5min reaction time. The absorbance of 56 cuvettes will be measured one by one 
when they pass the optical axis of photometer. The absorbance of each cuvette will be measured for 40 times (40 test 
points) in the 13.5min reaction time. The polychromatic light from the light source will be focused by the lens and 
then pass the cuvette used for photometry. The wavelength after light split will be absorbed simultaneously by 12 
fixed photoelectric sensors and amplified by 12 amplifiers respectively. Then, the absorbance or absorbance change 
rate will be calculated. When dual-wavelength test is applied, as the difference of the absorbance or the difference of 
absorbance change rate of main wavelength and complementary wavelength is used to calculate the concentration, 
dual-wavelength test not only makes compensation to the sample test of lipemia, hemolysis and icterus but also 
compensates the effects caused by voltage variation, making the test values more accurate and stable. The test 
principle is shown in figure below: 
 
Fig. 1-3-2 Diagram of photometer 
Detector 
Concave 
diffraction 
grating 
12 fixed 
wavelengths 
Cuvette 
Light source 
lamp 
5
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Chapter 2 Analyzer Installation 
 
The Analyzer and bundled software can only be installed by Dirui or its authorized personnel. 
2.1 Installation requirements 
 
Please install the Analyzer at places meeting following requirements, or its performance may not be 
guaranteed. 
2.1.1 Space requirements 
The installation and use of the Analyzer shall meet following requirements, 
(Dimensions( mm)：744×703×530(L×W×H)): 
 
Fig. 2-1-1 Top view of installation space 
 
Do not put the Analyzer at a place where the disconnecting device is hard to be operated. 
2.1.2 Environmental requirements 
(1)Environmental temperature: 15℃~32℃. 
(2)Relative humidity: not greater than 75%. 
(3)Atmospheric pressure: 75kPa~106kPa. 
(4)The Analyzer shall be put in a dust-free environment with good ventilation but no mechanical vibration, no source 
of large noise or power interference. 
(5)Do not put the Analyzer near brush motor, scintillant fluorescent lamp and electrical contact equipment often used. 
(6)The Analyzer shall be prevented from direct sunlight exposure and not be placed near heat and wind sources. 
(7)The maximum volume of the area 1m away from the Analyzer shall be at 70dB. 
(8)The worktable shall be flat and able to bear a weight of greater than 150kg. (The Analyzer shall not be 
disassembled into several independent parts and weight of major components are not shown) 
 
● If the temperature and the humidity cannot meet requirements above, air conditioner shall be used. 
● In the operating process, the Analyzer will generate heat and exhaust the heat at the back. The working 
6
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
environment should be kept well ventilated, and ventilating device should be used if necessary. But the 
Analyzer should be protected from the direct airflow, otherwise, the test accuracy may be affected. 
2.1.3 Power requirements 
(1)Power voltage: 100V-240V~ 50/60Hz. 
(2)Power consumption: 600VA. 
Notes: 
During normal operation, the Analyzer has power consumption smaller than the rated maximum power 
consumption because: 
● the refrigeration and heating systems do not work continuously after the Analyzer becomes stable. Thus the 
power consumption will decrease. 
● the power components of the Analyzer work at a different time rather than work simultaneously. 
(3)Fuse: F6.3AL250V 5mm×20mm. 
(4)To ensure the reliable operation of the Analyzer, a 20A switchboard shall be used for the Analyzer and three 5A 
receptacles shall be used for the display, and printer; the equipment with a heavy load such as air conditioners and 
refrigerators shall not be plugged into the same socket. 
 
● The power source shall be properly grounded, otherwise, operators may get an electric shock and the 
system may get damaged. 
● The receptacle connected with power cable shall be placed near the Analyzer and easily disconnected. 
● Input voltage of the Analyzer shall meet the requirement. It is recommended that the hospital prepares a 
3kVA or 6kVA online UPS power source. 
2.1.4Requirements for pure water 
The peak water consumption of the Analyzer is about 3L per hour. Pure water and pure water tank shall meet the 
following conditions: 
(1)The electric conductivity of the pure water shall be smaller than 1μs/cm. 
(2)Pure water temperature is 15℃~30℃. 
(3)The pure water tank provided with the Analyzer shall be placed on the ground and the tubing connected with the 
Analyzer shall be within 1.5m. 
(4)The water supply capacity of the pure water tank shall be above 5L/h. 
2.2 Unpacking 
2.2.1 Unpacking steps 
After the arrival of the Analyzer, please carefully check the package of the Analyzer. If it is damaged, please contact 
Dirui or the local distributor. If the package is intact, please unpack the Analyzer by following the steps below. 
(1)Put the box in the direction pointed by the arrow. 
(2)Open the box of accessories and check objects in the box according to the packing list. In case of items missing, 
please fill it in the Installation Acceptance Report and contact Dirui or the local distributor. 
(3)Open the Analyzer with appropriate tools in the accessory box, inspect the appearance of the Analyzer carefully, 
and then check according to the packing list. In case of damages in carrying or shortage of parts, please fill it in the 
Installation Acceptance Report and contact Dirui or the local distributor. 
2.2.2 Way of carrying 
(1)Push directly during a stable transportation in short distance. 
(2)The Analyzer should be maintained upright when handling and transporting. 
(3)Try to avoid vibration when handling. 
 
7
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
As the Analyzer is stationary equipment, it shall not be moved in a normal working process and no supporting 
device for lifting and carrying is provided. 
2.3 Installation process 
2.3.1 Installation of the Analyzer 
(1)Put the Analyzer at an appropriate position and adjust the levelness of the Analyzer. 
(2)Install a probe and check whether the probe mechanism is able to move flexibly. 
(3)Install the cuvette. 
(4)Dispense 1000mL alkaline detergent to the alkaline detergent bottle, open the alkaline detergent replacement 
window at the left side of the Analyzer, put the alkaline detergent bottle inside the Analyzer and install the tubing and 
float. 
(5)Connection of pure water tubes 
Dispense 10L pure water with conductivity less than 1μs/cm in pure water tank, use the pure water supply tube 
(within 1.5m) to connect the outlet connector of the pure water tank with the pure water dispensing port (1 in Fig. 
2-3-1) on the rear cover of the Analyzer, and then use the pure water float switch to connect the pure water tank with 
the pure water liquid level switch (5 in Fig. 2-3-1) on the rear cover of the Analyzer. 
 
Fig. 2-3-1 
(6)Connection of waste liquid tubes 
a)High-concentration waste liquid outlet tubing: connect one end of waste liquid connecting tube with the 
connector of "high-concentration waste liquid outlet" (3 in Fig. 2-3-1) on the rear cover of the Analyzer (with 
another end inserted on the connector of the waste liquid tank). 
b)Low-concentration waste liquid outlet tubing: connect the other end of waste liquid connecting tube with the 
connector of "low-concentration waste liquid outlet" (2 in Fig. 2-3-1) on the rear cover of the Analyzer (with 
another end inserted on the connector of the waste liquid tank or the drainage system. 
c)Liquid level sensor connection:insert one end of the waste liquid level sensor to the "Waste liquid level sensor 
port" (6 in Fig. 2-3-1) on the rear cover of the Analyzer and install the other end in two waste liquid tanks. SW4 is 
a high-concentration waste liquid level sensor and SW7 is a low-concentration waste liquid level sensor. 
 
● Low-concentration waste liquid tube outlet shall not be immersed below the liquid level. 
● The low-concentration waste liquid tubing must not be bent or swung. It should be flat like a parabola. 
● The waste liquid tank should be 0.8m~1m lower than the host. 
● Don't combine high and low concentration waste liquid tubing. 
● The discharge of the high-concentration waste liquid shall observe the local medical waste treatment 
8
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
regulations. 
● The drainage system shall be in compliance with the local regulations with regard to sewage discharge and 
treatment of medical institutions. 
(7)Install ISE electrode (optional) 
 
Make sure that the storage temperature of the electrode is at 1℃~51℃. 
a)Open ISE maintenance window on the right cover: 
 
Fig. 2-3-2 
b)Screw off the flow cell set screws on electrode assembly to lift up electrode assembly as shown in the figure 
above. 
c)Screw off nuts K, Cl, Na and NaREF on the flow cell (as shown in Fig. 2-3-3), take off the matching seal plugs 
and seal rings; nuts K, Cl, Na and NaREF are kept for installing electrodes Cl, K, Na and NaREF, and the matching 
seal rings are for no other uses and can be handled by users themselves. (See Fig. 2-3-4 for removed seal plugs and 
matching seal rings): 
 
If the seal ring on the seal plug falls into flow cell by accident, please take it out with a cotton swab (do not use 
the hard material to take it out directly). 
 
1 K-nut, K-seal plug, seal ring 2 Cl-nut, Cl-seal plug, seal ring 3 Flow cell 
4 Na-nut, Na-seal plug, seal ring 5 NaREF-nut, NaREF-seal plug, seal ring 
Fig. 2-3-3 
3 
2 
1 5 
4 
9
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
 1 Seal ring 2 Seal plug 3 Nut 
Fig. 2-3-4 
d)The packages of electrodes Cl, K, Na and NaREF are as shown in the figure below. The electrodes shall be 
installed in accordance with the instruction on the package box of each electrode to prevent any installation faults. 
 
1 The packaging of Na electrode (NaREF electrode) 2 The packaging of CI electrode 
3 The packaging of K electrode tip 4 The packaging of K electrode 
Fig. 2-3-5 
e)Install electrodes Cl, K, Na and NaREF (same as electrode Na) on the flow cell according to following steps: 
 
Place O-seal ring properly during the installation (#4 in Fig. 2-3-6) to prevent the loss. 
Unpack the package of K electrode tip and K electrode wire, and take out the electrode and related accessories 
in the package. 
Install O-seal ring (#4 in Fig. 2-3-7) on the K electrode wire smoothly, wring K electrode tip (#10 in Fig. 2-3-7) 
on K electrode wire, and then install the seal ring of the electrode (#9 in Fig. 2-3-7) on the K electrode tip 
smoothly to compose electrode K (the installation method as shown in Fig. 2-3-7). 
Wipe the liquid in electrode holes on the flow cell clean with a cotton swab; wipe the electrode clean with a 
cotton swab as well. 
Put the electrode K through nuts (as shown in Fig. 2-3-7), ensure that the seal ring of the electrode is installed 
on the K electrode tip smoothly, and wring the installed electrode assembly on the flow cell. 
 
Lock nuts by hands with moderate strength during electrode installation. 
1 2 3 
10
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 2-3-6 
 
Fig. 2-3-7 
1 K nut 2 Cl nut 3 Cl electrode 4 O-seal ring 5 Na electrode 6 Na nut 
7 Na nut 8 Na electrode seal 9 the electrode seal ring 10 K electrode tip 11 K electrode wire 
Install electrodes Cl, Na and NaREF on flow cell at the corresponding positions as per the method above. 
f)Connect the other end of the flow cell with electrodes Cl, K, Na and NaREF installed on one end and the 
preamplifier board connector as shown in the figure below: 
 
1 NaREF electrode connector 2 Cl electrode connector 
3 K electrode connector 4 Na electrode connector 
Fig. 2-3-8 
Note: 
Differences between the electrodes are as follows: 
 1 11 4 10 9 
1 11 
2 3 
4 
5 6 
7 8 9 10 
11
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
● K electrode tip is removable; 
● The surface of electrode Na is made of glass; 
● The surface of electrode CI is made of metal. 
g)Push the electrode assembly back to original position and install it with the set screws. 
h)Install the ISE electrode on the platform and replace the cover plate and set screw. 
2.3.2 Power connection 
 
Before power connection, ensure the main power switch (circuit breaker) of the Analyzer is at OFF position. 
The Analyzer is accompanied with three-core power cable, wherein the red one is the live cable, the blue one is the 
neutral cable and the yellowish green is the ground cable, and the rated temperature of the three-core power cable is 
70℃. 
2.3.3 Connection of peripheral equipment 
(1)Install and connect the computer, display and printer and check: 
a)Whether the printer driver is installed. 
b)Specification of printing papers used in the printer. 
(2)One end of the cable that is carried along with the computer is plugged onto the network interface of the Analyzer 
and the other end is plugged onto the network interface of the host computer. 
2.3.4 Software installation and uninstallation 
2.3.4.1 Software installation 
Put the Analyzer installation disk in computer CD driver, and run the setup.exe file, and the interface is as shown 
below: 
 
Fig. 2-3-9 
Select the installation program language, then click "OK" and the display is as shown below: 
12
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 2-3-10 
Click "Next", and the display is as shown below: 
 
Fig. 2-3-11 
To change the installation path, click "Browse" in the figure above to select the installation path; click "Next" to use 
the default installation path and the display is as shown below: 
13
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 2-3-12 
Click "Finish" to finish the software installation, and the icon of the application software will be generated on the 
desktop automatically. 
2.3.4.2 Software uninstallation 
Method I: select "Automatic test analyzer" in "Programs and Features" on computer control panel, click to select "
", and the figure below pops up: 
 
Fig. 2-3-13 
14
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 2-3-14 
Click "Next", and the display is as shown below: 
 
Fig. 2-3-15 
Click "Yes", and the display is as shown below: 
15
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 2-3-16 
Click "Finish" to finish uninstalling the Analyzer software. 
Method II: click "Start", find out "Auto-Chemistry Analyzer" in "Programs" and then click "Uninstall CS-T180 
Auto-Chemistry Analyzer", and an uninstallation confirmation window appears. The uninstallation process is the 
same as Method I. 
2.3.5 Pure water filling 
 
Fig. 2-3-17 
1 
2 
1 
3 
4 
5 
16
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
If it is necessary to use the pure water tank to take away the pure water for filling, from the pure water tank take out 
the pure water float switch (#3 as shown in Fig. 2-3-17), remove the water tube (#2 as shown in Fig. 2-3-17) and tank 
cover (#4 as shown in Fig. 2-3-17) and place them on somewhere clean to use the pure water tank (#5 as shown in Fig. 
2-3-17) to take away the pure water for filling and install the parts above successively on the pure water tank after the 
filling; if it is unnecessary to use the pure water tank to take away the pure water for filling, remove the tank cover (#4 
as shown in Fig. 2-3-17) directly and place the tank on somewhere clean to fill pure water in the pure water tank.● Every month as pure water is filled, when removing the water pipe (Fig. 2-3-17, No. 2), observe whether 
there is any hair, wire, and other debris in the filter of the end of observation part 2. If there is, the filter 
should be removed and rinsed. If it cannot be rinsed clean, replace the new filter. 
● The removed immersed tube shall not be thrown with force to prevent a large volume of air from entering in 
the tube or the thrown liquid from injuring personal safety. 
2.3.6 Discharge of waste liquid 
See "2.3.1 Analyzer installation" for specific discharge of waste liquid in waste liquid tank. 
 
● Low-concentration waste liquid tube outlet shall not be immersed in liquid level. 
● The low-concentration waste liquid pipeline must not be bent or swung. It should be flat like a parabola. 
● Don't combine high and low concentration waste liquid tubing. 
● The discharge of the high-concentration waste liquid shall observe the local medical waste treatment 
regulations. 
● The drainage system shall be in compliance with the local regulations with regard to sewage discharge and 
treatment of medical institutions. 
2.3.7 System login 
Connect the power sources of the water purifier, computer host, computer display and printer and analyzing module 
(at the front right side) of the Analyzer as well as the main power source of the Analyzer (at the rear right lower side 
of the Analyzer). 
Double click the icon " " of Analyzer application software (hereinafter referred to as software); or click "Start", 
find the Analyzer software on "Program" window and click it to enter the "System login" window, and the display is 
as shown below: 
 
Fig. 2-3-18 
17
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 2-3-19 
Input correct user name and password (the initial user name of the Analyzer software is 1 and the initial password is 
1), click "Login" or Enter key on the keyboard to enter the main window of the software, and the display is as shown 
below: 
 
Fig. 2-3-20 
After the software is logged in successfully, the offline status is displayed. Then you can browse the function 
window, check the alarm information, and execute logout and exit. 
On the interface as shown in Fig. 2-3-19, if the wrong user name and password are input, a login failure prompt will 
be given on the screen and the display is as shown below: 
 
Fig. 2-3-21 
If wrong user name or password is input for three continuous times, a prompt of "Login failure for 3 times and the 
program will be terminated" will be given. Exit the program after the confirmation. 
18
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
The function keys in the interface as shown in Fig. 2-3-20 are as follows: 
(1)Online: click " " and after successful network connection, " " will be 
displayed on the status bar at the upper left corner. Now all the operations are available. 
If after software login, power source of the analyzing module of the Analyzer is disconnected or the analyzing 
module is not correctly connected with the operation unit, click "Online", "Connecting" is displayed on the status bar 
and "Online failure" (on the lower left corner of the screen) is displayed a few seconds later. 
If above prompt is given, connect the analyzing module and operation unit of the Analyzer correctly, connect power 
source of the analyzing module and then connect the network. 
(2)Exit the system: click " " in the shortcut keys area to enter the window of "Exit the system" as shown in the 
figure below: 
 
Fig. 2-3-22 
Click " " to exit the software system. 
The exit can only be carried out under the offline status, and if the Analyzer is online, click " " first to go offline 
and then exit the system. 
(3)Switch the user: click " " to switch users and the display is as shown below: 
 
Fig. 2-3-23 
 
●When the testing doctor is having a rest, it is recommended to exit the software to prevent nonusers from 
destroying the software or modifying data. Users are recommended to back up the database regularly to 
prevent accidental data loss. 
● After the initial user name and password are input for the first-time login, set the user name, password and 
access right in the "User information" of "System management" for the next login. 
The Analyzer will be under the standby status 40 minutes after the power source connection (waiting for the 
temperature and the light source to be stabilized). 
19
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
2.3.8 Commissioning of the Analyzer 
Conduct following operations on the System maintenance interface in the sequence below. 
(1)ISE syringe pump exhaust 
Execute ISE syringe pump exhausts to exhaust the air in the tubing. 
(2)Probe horizontal check 
Confirm that the probe is at the correct position above the cuvette, rinsing bath, sample reagent disk outer circle, 
sample reagent disk middle circle, sample reagent disk inner circle, ISE adding position (with ISE module). 
(3)Mixing bar horizontal check 
Confirm that the mixing bar is at the upper position of the cuvette and the rinsing bath by the mixing bar horizontal 
check. 
(4)Mechanical motions check 
Execute 20 mechanical motions checks to confirm if the wiping block on the nozzle of the rinsing mechanism abrades 
the cuvette and if each mechanism operates normally. 
(5)Rinsing cuvettes and ISE 
Rinse cuvettes via the window of "System maintenance". To configure ISE device, carry out rinsing ISE tubing and 
rinsing ISE cuvette maintenance operations on ISE maintenance interface. 
(6)Light intensity check 
Execute the light intensity check and attach the result in the acceptance report. The light check value shall be less than 
or equal to 18000. 
(7)Cuvette blank test 
Execute the cuvette blank test, and the cuvette blank test value of Cuvette 1 shall be in the range of 8000-18000, and 
the difference between other cuvettes and Cuvette 1 in blank shall be in the range of -1500~1500. 
(8)ISE check 
Execute 50 ISE checks on the "System Maintenance" window. The difference between two adjacent values of the test 
results shall not be more than 0.2 mV. 
2.3.9 Test of clinical items 
Edit chemical parameters, register reagent information, test rate assay ALT and endpoint assay TP and two-point rate 
assay UREA, calculate coefficient of variation and fill the test results in Installation Acceptance Report. 
2.3.10 Training for medical personnel 
Conduct training on the operation and maintenance of the Analyzer for medical personnel and record the training in 
Installation Acceptance Report. 
2.3.11 Fill-in of installation acceptance report 
Fill in the Installation Acceptance Report completely and send one copy to Dirui or the local distributor. 
2.4 Barcode reader of the sample reagent disk 
2.4.1 Scanning range of barcode reader 
The internal barcode reader (optional) can simultaneously scan the outer circle and inner circle of the sample reagent 
disk. When scanning the inner circle, the inner circle reagent disk or tube needs to be removed. 
2.4.2 Requirements for sample container 
(1)Specifications: 
Test tube: Φ12mm×75mm, Φ12mm×100mm, Φ13mm×75mm, Φ13mm×100mm(±1 mm) 
Standard cup: Φ14mm×37mm(±1 mm) 
(2)The tube mouth shall be regular without extrusion or deformation. 
20
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
2.4.3 Requirements of reagent bottle 
Specification: 70mL, 35mL and 20mL. 
2.4.4 Requirements for sample barcodes use 
(1)Barcode type: Code 128, Code 39, Code 93, Codebar, I2 of 5. 
(2)Size of barcode label: 
It is required the width of the barcode should be 8mm~12mm and its effective length should not be greater than 
40mm. During the cutting, the start blank and end blank of the barcode shall not be smaller than 3mm as shown in the 
figure below: 
Barcode width
Start blank
Effective length of 
barcode End blank 
Fig. 2-4-1 
(3)See Table 2-4-1 for number of digits of different barcodes. 
Table 2-4-1 
Type of sample barcodes Number of identification digits 
Code39 3~18 
Code93 3~18 
Code128 3~18 
I2of53~18 
Codebar 3~18 
2.4.5 Requirements for reagent barcodes use 
(1)Barcode type: code 128 (17 bit). 
(2)Size of barcode label: it is required the width of the barcode should be 12mm~25mm and its effective length 
should not be greater than 40mm (as shown in Fig. 2-4-1). 
(3)During the cutting, the start blank and end blank of the barcode shall not be smaller than 3mm (as shown in Fig. 
2-4-1). 
 
● Codebar must be prefixed and suffixed with A, B, C or D and the barcode shall not have characters such as 
' ', " " and ( ), or it cannot be normally identified. 
● The length of barcode suffixed with NR shall not be less than 5. 
2.4.6 Requirements for pasting barcode labels 
(1)Barcode label shall be pasted in a flat manner without crumple and pollution and the print of barcode lines cannot 
be incomplete as this may lead to incorrect reading. 
(2)Pasting of barcodes 
The lower edge of the barcode shall be 15mm~20mm from the tube bottom to ensure correct reading of the barcode. 
21
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
When the test tube is inserted in the sample, reagent disk test tube rack, it shall be ensured the barcode faces the 
opening of the sample position. The pasting method of sample barcodes is shown in the figure below: 
 
Fig. 2-4-2 Pasting of sample barcodes 
 
The ID number on the screen after the scanning or on the report shall be added with "+" before the 
corresponding capital letters if the barcodes are small in Code 39. 
2.4.7 Use of barcode reader 
If "Sample barcode number" is selected under sample test mode on "Other information" interface of the "System 
Setting" window before the analysis, the sample, reagent disk will stop rotating at the position of the barcode reader 
after the test is started and the barcode reader will read the barcode according to the set sample position. The reader 
will scan for three times if the barcode cannot be read during the scanning. Sample tests cannot be conducted during 
barcode scanning and the tests can only be conducted after the scanning. The sample, reagent disk will turn to the 
reading position of the barcode reader to conduct barcode scanning after the probe finishes dispensing samples. After 
scanning barcodes, the sample, reagent disk will return to the dispensing position to continue the sample dispensing. 
The scanned information will display on the windows of "Sample registration" and "Test result". 
During the sample reagent disk barcode reader check on the "System maintenance" window, the barcode reader 
identifies barcode information of samples at reagent disk position 1, outer 1, and inner 2, and a prompt of success or 
failure is then given after the scanning. 
Only after the barcode is pasted at the opening of the sample, reagent disk for the test tube to be pasted with barcode 
can the barcode be identified. 
2.4.8 Rule of reagent barcodes 
Users may prepare the barcode numbers as the case may be. The rule is as shown in Table 2-4-2: 
Table 2-4-2 
Barcode 
digit 
Barcode 
information 
Scope of barcode 
value Detailed explanations of barcodes Note 
1~2 Item name 
0~94 Item code of biochemical reagent (representing different item names) 
95 ISE Internal Standard Solution 
96 ISE Diluent 
97 ISE Reference Solution 
98 CS series anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent 
99 CS-alkaline detergent 
3 Bottle specification 
1 20mL 
2 70mL 
3 100mL 
4 500mL 
5 2000mL 
6 5000mL 
7 150mL 
8 40mL(CS-T300B) 35mL(CS-T180) 
22
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Barcode 
digit 
Barcode 
information 
Scope of barcode 
value Detailed explanations of barcodes Note 
4 Reagent types 
1 R1 
2 R2 
3 R3 
4 R4 
5 None 
The reagent type must be 5 if 
the item code is ISE reagent or 
CS series detergent. 
5~9 
Date of 
manufacturer 
(Lot No.) 
0~9 Year 
01~12 Month 
01~31 Day 
10 Validity 
1 2 weeks 
2 1 month 
3 3 months 
4 6 months 
5 12 months 
6 18 months 
7 2 years 
8 3 years 
9 5 years 
11~14 Bottle code 0001~9999 Bottle No. (bottle XXXXX) 
15~17 Check bit 
Number or letters 
(automatically 
generated) 
 
The reagent barcode information is read by the barcode reader, and coupled with parameters of all analysis items 
already saved by the Analyzer. This process is called reagent automatic registration. That is to say, the relevant 
reagent information can be determined by barcode scanning. 
The information which has already been read will display on "Reagent information" window in forms of "Disk No.", 
"Position", "Reagent name" and "Type". 
Reagent name: the chemical names of analysis items. 
Reagent position: there are outer 01~40 positions on sample reagent disk middle circle (when executing system 
maintenance, outer position 01 defaults to CS-anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent; when executing 
cross-contamination avoidance, it’s required to register the detergent position in the “Reagent Registration” window ) 
to place reagent for automatic barcode scanning. There are 01~40 positions on the inner circle. Automatic barcode 
scanning is not available for reagents on sample reagent disk inner circle under the condition that the middle circle is 
filled with reagent and the reagent information can only be manually registered. 
 
The reading window of the barcode readers of sample and reagent disks shall be regularly cleaned. 
 
23
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Chapter 3 Introduction to unit modules 
3.1 Optical unit 
3.1.1 Description of functions 
 The halogen lamp, after light convergence by lens, shines the cuvette with sample and then to the optical grating after 
light convergence by lens. The optical grating divides the light of halogen lamp of full spectrum into monochromatic light 
of different wavelength necessary for the test and then has signal conversion and testing with a photocell. 
3.1.2 Diagram 
1
2
5
3
6
7
4
 
Fig. 3-1-1 Structure of optical unit 
No. Name No. Name 
1 Raster Box 5 Data Collection Board 
2 
Front Microscope Base Assembly of 
Reflector 
6 Wire P514 
3 Halogen Lamp Assembly 7 Wire B06-P4 
4 Fan 
 
3.2 Probe unit 
3.2.1 Description of functions 
Probe unit can realize basic functions of aspirating samples from the sample test tube and aspirating reagent 
from the reagent bottle, as well as the function of adding samples and reagent into the cuvette. 
Other auxiliary functions include liquid level detection, collision detection in the moving process, automatic 
recovery, mechanical limit, self-locking and interlocking control. 
24
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
3.2.2 Diagram 
1
2
3
4
5
7
6
 
Fig. 3-2-1 Structure of probe unit 
No. Name No. Name 
1 
Positioning Optocoupler for Probe 
Swinging 
5 
Positioning Optocoupler for Probe 
Lifting and Descending 
2 Stepper Motor for Probe Rotation 6 Probe 
3 
Stepper Motor for Probe Lifting and 
Descending 
7 Probe Rotary Arm 
4 
Gear Toothed Belt for Probe Lifting and 
Descending 
 
3.2.3 Work process 
(1) Pump zeroing and rinsing of inner and outer walls; 
(2) Aspirate 3ul air; 
(3) Rotate to the position above the reagent/sample disk; 
(4) Descend and insert into the reagent bottle for about 2mm lower than the liquid level; 
(5) Aspirate samples of set volume + excessive volume and withdraw; 
(6) Lift from the reagent bottle and rotate to the position above rinsing bath to rinse outer wall; 
(7) Aspirate 3ul air; 
(8) Rotate to the position above the reagent/sample disk; 
(9) Aspirate sample of set volume; 
(10) Lift from the sample cuvette or tube and rotate to the position above reaction disk; 
(11) Dispense the sample or reagent into the cuvette; 
(12) Rotate from the position above the cuvette to the position above rinsing bath. 
 
25
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
3.3 Rinsing unit 
3.3.1 Description of functions 
Rinsing unit mainly performs to rinse the cuvette to make the cuvette can be cycled. 
3.3.2 Diagram1
23
4
5
6
 
Fig. 3-3-1 Structure of rinsing unit 
No. Name No. Name 
1 Rinsing Probe 4 Rinsing Probe Support 
2 Lifting Assembly 5 Wiping Probe 
3 Lifting Motor 6 Rinsing Probe Fixing Rack 
3.3.3 Work process 
Cuvette rinsing process: 
Step 1: Probe 1 aspirates reaction mixture, and then dispenses detergent to the cuvette; 
Step 2: Probe 1 aspirates detergent solution, and then dispenses detergent solution to the cuvette; 
Step 3: Probe 2 aspirates detergent solution, and then dispenses pure water to the cuvette; 
Step 4: Probe 2 aspirates pure water, and then dispenses pure water to the cuvette; 
Step 5: Probe 3 aspirates pure water, and then dispenses pure water to the cuvette, and execute this step; 
Step 6: Wiping probe aspirates pure water; 
Step 7: Wiping probe wipes the cuvette. 
26
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 3-3-2 Rinsing probe arrangement of rinsing unit 
 
Fig. 3-3-3 Work flow of rinsing unit 
 
Wiping 
Probe 
Rinsing 
Probe 3
Rotating direction of reaction disk 
Rinsing 
Probe 2
Rinsing 
Probe 1 
27
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
3.4 Mixing unit 
3.4.1 Description of functions 
After sample and reagent injection and filling, it is used to mix them. 
3.4.2 Diagram 
1
2
3
4
11 7
10
6
8
9
5
 
Fig. 3-4-1 Structure of mixing unit 
No. Name No. Name 
1 Mixing Support Arm 7 Flange Bearing 
2 Mixing Bar 8 Sliding Block 
3 Mixing Supporting Shaft 9 Bearing 
4 Encoding Disk Motor Cover 10 Base 
5 Swinging Motor 11 Lifting Motor 
6 Support Rod 
3.4.3 Work process 
(1) Rotate to the position above the reaction disk; 
(2) Descend and insert into cuvette; 
(3) Mix the reaction solution; 
(4) Lift from the cuvette and rotate to the position above rinsing bath; 
(5) Descend to rinsing bath; 
(6) Rinse the mixing bar; 
(7) Lift from the rinsing bath. 
  
28
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
3.5 Reaction disk unit 
3.5.1 Description of functions 
The cuvette unit is mainly used to support the fixed cuvette and drive the rotary movement of cuvette in 
incubation bath. 
3.5.2 Diagram 
3
1
4 2
 
Fig. 3-5-1 Structure of incubation bath assembly 
No. Name No. Name 
1 Fan 3 Overflow Connector 
2 Optocoupler 4 Disk Cover Pin 
 
1
2
3
4
5
6
 
Fig. 3-5-2 Structure of driving mechanism 
No. Name No. Name 
1 Motor Gear 4 Damping Device Assembly 
2 Disk Drive Support 5 Gear Disk 
3 Stepper Motor 6 Support Column 
29
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
3.6 Sample/ reagent disk driving mechanism 
3.6.1 Description of functions 
 The sample/ reagent disk rotating mechanism mainly performs to support the sample/ reagent disk rack and 
transmits the power to the sample rack through the central shaft and timing belt and synchronous pulley to realize the 
rotating of reagent/ sample rack. The reagent is sent to a designated position to coordinate to finish sampling, mixing 
and rinsing. 
3.6.2 Diagram 
2
3
8
5
6
7
1
4
 
Fig. 3-6-1 Structure of sample/ reagent disk driving mechanism 
No. Name No. Name 
1 Reagent Disk Connecting Sleeve 5 Drive Motor 
2 Insulation Cover 6 Disk Rotation Support 
3 Connection Fixing Column 7 Belt Pulley 
4 Sample Timing Encoding Disk 8 Timing Belt 
 
123
 
Fig. 3-6-2 Structure of driving mechanism coded disc 
No. Name No. Name 
1 Sample Timing Encoding Disk 3 Original Point Optocoupler 
2 Position Optocoupler 
 
  
30
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
3.7 Refrigeration chamber 
3.7.1 Description of functions 
 Refrigeration chamber is the main body of sample/ reagent disk unit. Semiconductor is used for refrigeration and 
the temperature is held at 2 ~12 . Each reagent disk has 40 reagent and 40 sample positions on its circumference ℃ ℃
(CS series anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent is put at No. 1 position). 
3.7.2 Diagram 
2
5
4
1
3
 
Fig. 3-7-1 Structure of refrigeration bin 
No. Name No. Name 
1 Disk Body 4 Radiator 
2 
Sample/ Reagent Disk Drive 
Mechanism 
5 
Scanning Window of Sample Bar Code 
Reader 
3 Cooling Fan 
3.7.3 Work process 
 The refrigeration disk includes the reagent/ sample rack inside to form an enclosed environment. Heat 
preservation cotton is set at outer circle and temperature in disk is kept unchanged. The radiator exports the outside 
heat from Peltier to make the Peltier temperature will not be too high, so as to realize temperature reduction of the 
reagent. The fan exports the heat from radiator through the front and rear ventilation shield and exhausts it to outer 
instrument. 
31
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Chapter 4 Fluid circuit and gas circuit of the Analyzer 
4.1 Description of functions of fluid circuit system 
The fluid circuit system of the Analyzer is composed of the waste liquid assembly, constant-temperature 
degassing assembly, syringe pump unit, waste liquid tank assembly, valve group assembly, pure water unit, test 
system assembly, amplification board assembly, pump assembly, valve assembly, ISE reagent tank assembly, 
detergent tank assembly and other structural unit assemblies, with the function of each unit shown in the table below: 
Name Function 
Waste Liquid Tank Assembly 
To supply a vacuum for the testing of the Analyzer, and collect the 
waste liquid generated when the cuvette is rinsed by the rinsing 
probe, and finally discharge out of the machine in the form of 
positive pressure 
Constant-temperature Degassing 
Assembly 
To realize the heating of deionized water of the Analyzer and the 
removal of free gas in the deionized water 
Syringe Pump Unit 
To realize the supply of deionized water for the Analyzer and the 
sample aspirating and dispensing 
Waste Liquid Tank Assembly 
To recycle the high-concentration and low-concentration waste 
liquid produced by the Analyzer 
Group Valve Assembly 
To integrate control valves for the rinsing probe, rinsing bath, 
detergent and waste liquid 
Pure Water Unit To provide deionized water for the Analyzer 
Test System Assembly ISE test and detection part 
Amplifier Board Assembly Part of electrical control board for ISE test 
Pump Assembly 
Dispensing and aspirating actuators and waste liquid vacuum 
integration for ISE test 
Valve Assembly 
Control valve integration and degassing tank and transit tank 
integration for ISE test 
ISE Reagent Tank Assembly To provide the corresponding reagent for the ISE test 
Detergent Tank Assembly To provide concentrated detergent for testing of the Analyzer 
32
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
4.2 Schematic diagram of fluid circuit and gas circuit of the Analyzer 
 
Fig. 4-2-1 Fluid circuit and gas circuit of the Analyzer 
  
Reaction disk  Reagent refrigeration chamber
Connector a
No.1 
Check valve
Probe 
rinsing 
bath 
R
in
si
ng
 b
at
h 
of
 m
ix
in
g
m
ec
ha
ni
sm
 
Alkaline detergent
N
o.
 1
 p
ro
be
 
N
o.
 2
pr
ob
e 
N
o.
 3
 p
ro
be
 
N
o.
 4
 p
ro
be
 
No.2 No.3 No.4 No.8 No.7 No.6 No.5
High-concentr
ation waste 
liquid tank 
Deionized 
water 
Low-concent
ration waste 
liquid tank 
Connector b 
Pressure sensor 
Up
Down
33
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
4.3 Description of work process of the gas circuit and fluid circuit of the Analyzer 
4.3.1 Liquid aspirating, dispensing and rinsing functions 
4.3.1.1 Fluid circuit diagram 
 
Fig. 4-3-1 Schematic diagram of liquid aspirating, dispensing and rinsing functions 
4.3.1.2 Work process 
 The syringe pump unit is mainly to achieve the supply of deionized water for the Analyzer, sample and reagent 
aspirating and dispensing, and alkaline detergent aspirating and dispensing, with the working order of the fluid circuit 
shown below: 
(1) Power on and switch on SV1, then syringe pump P1 will descend to aspirate pure water; then switch off SV1, and power 
on and switch on SV6 and SV9, and then syringe pump P1 will descend to aspirate detergent; switch offSV6 and SV9 and 
prepare to test; 
(2) Syringe pump P2 descends and the probe aspirates the sample, and then syringe pump P2 ascends to dispense the 
sample to the cuvette, and the probe returns to be above the rinsing bath and descends to the designated position; then 
power on and switch on SV2, and then syringe pump P1 will ascend and pump pure water to achieve the rinsing of the inner 
wall of probe with pure water; then switch off SV2 and power on and switch on SV8, and then syringe pump P1 will ascend 
to achieve the rinsing of the outer wall of probe with pure water; then switch off SV8; 
(3) Syringe pump P2 descends and the probe aspirates the reagent, and then syringe pump P2 ascends to dispense the 
reagent to the cuvette, and the probe returns to be above the rinsing bath and descends to the designated position; then 
power on and switch on SV2, and then syringe pump P1 will ascend and pump pure water to achieve the rinsing of the inner 
wall of probe with pure water; then switch off SV2 and power on and switch on SV8, and then syringe pump P1 will ascend 
to achieve the rinsing of the outer wall of probe with pure water; then switch off SV8; 
(4) Power on and switch on SV7, and then syringe pump P1 will ascend and pump pure water to achieve the rinsing of the 
outer wall of mixing bar with pure water; then switch off SV7; 
(5) Power on and switch on SV6 and SV9, and then syringe pump P1 will descend to aspirate detergent; switch off SV6 and 
SV9, and power on and switch on SV4, and then syringe pump P1 will ascend to achieve the rinsing of cuvette; switch off 
SV4, and power on and switch on SV5, and then syringe pump P1 will ascend to achieve the rinsing of cuvette; then switch 
off SV5, and power on and switch on SV6, and then syringe pump P1 will ascend to achieve the rinsing of cuvette; then 
switch off SV6. 
   
No.1 
Probe 
rinsing 
bath
R
in
si
ng
 b
at
h 
of
 m
ix
in
g 
m
ec
ha
ni
sm
 
Alkaline detergent
No.2 No.3 No.4 No.8 No.7 No.6 No.5 
N
o.
 1
 p
ro
be
 
N
o.
 2
pr
ob
e 
N
o.
 3
 p
ro
be
 
N
o.
 4
 p
ro
be
 
34
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
4.3.2 Waste liquid collection and discharge of the Analyzer 
4.3.2.1 Fluid circuit diagram 
 
 
Fig. 4-3-2 Schematic diagram of waste liquid collection and discharge of the Analyzer 
4.3.2.2 Work process 
 The waste liquid assembly is mainly to provide a vacuum for the constant-temperature degassing assembly, 
remove the free gas in the deionized water inside the degassing assembly, collect the waste liquid generated when the 
cuvette is rinsed by the rinsing probe and the waste liquid generated by the rinsing bath of mixing mechanism, probe 
rinsing bath, reaction disk and reagent refrigeration chamber, and finally discharge the waste liquid into the 
high-concentration waste liquid tank and low-concentration waste liquid tank outside the machine, with the working 
order of the fluid circuit shown below: 
(1) P3 is powered on to operate to provide negative pressure for the vacuum tank and supply a vacuum for the testing 
of the Analyzer; then SV10 is powered on and switched on to collect the waste liquid generated when the cuvette is 
rinsed by the rinsing probe, and discharge the waste liquid into the high-concentration waste liquid tank outside the 
machine; 
(2) The waste liquid produced by the rinsing bath of mixing mechanism, probe rinsing bath, reaction disk and reagent 
refrigeration chamber is discharged into the low-concentration waste liquid tank by self-weight. 
 
Reaction disk  Reagent refrigeration chamber
No.1
Check valve
Probe 
rinsing 
bath 
R
in
si
ng
 b
at
h 
of
 m
ix
in
g
m
ec
ha
ni
sm
 
N
o.
 1
 p
ro
be
 
N
o.
 2
pr
ob
e 
N
o.
 3
 p
ro
be
 
N
o.
 4
 p
ro
be
 
No.2 No.3 No.4 No.8 No.7 No.6 No.5
High-concentration 
waste liquid tank 
Low-concentration 
waste liquid tank 
Pressure sensor 
Up
Down
35
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Chapter 5 Electric circuit of the Analyzer 
5.1 Electrical wiring diagram of the Analyzer 
J15
B02 main control board B04 reaction disk control board 
B03 probe control board 
B05 AC control board
B06 data collection board 
B17ISE control board 
2 black EGND
4 black EGND
1 red CANL 
3 white CANH
4 black EGND
1 redCANL 
3 white CANH2 black EGND
3 redCANL 
1 white CANH
4 black EGND
1 red CANL 
3 white CANH
4 black EGND
1 red CANL 
3 white CANH
4 black EGND
1 red CANL 
3 white CANH
4 black EGND
1 red CANL 
3 white CANH
J8
J9
J12 J13
B04-P12 B04-P13
B05-P15 B05-P14
J4
B03-P8
B03-P9
B02-P5
B17-P10
3 white CANH 127cm
J14
B02-P2
1031112 CAT5E standard jumper
Network connector
1 black 
2 screen 
3 red
1 red
2 screen 
3 black 
B06-P4
B02-P3
J3
J21
2004079 CS-6400CAB\CS6400 P514 wire (outsourced)
J3
1 red CANL
J18J20 J16
B08 AC drive board
J21
3 red
4 yellow
1 brown
J22
2 red
3 orange
1 brow
n 
5 green
6 blue
4 yellow
8 grey
9 w
hite 
7 purple
11 brow
n
12 red
10 black 
14 yellow
15 green
13 orange
17 purple
18 grey
16 blue
FAN
3_O
U
T
FAN
2_O
U
T
FAN
1_O
U
T
PE
LTIE
R
_FAN
1_24V
_O
U
T
LIG
H
T SO
U
R
C
E_FAN
_24V
_O
U
T
PE
LTIE
R
_FAN
2_24V
_O
U
T
BA
TH
_H
EATE
R
3_O
U
T
BA
TH
_H
EATE
R
2_O
U
T
BA
TH
_H
EATE
R
1_O
U
T
R
ESE
R
VE_H
EATE
R
_O
U
T
W
ASH
_H
EATE
R
_O
U
T
D
C
24_PU
M
P2_O
U
T
D
C
24_PU
M
P1_O
U
T
R
ELAY_O
U
T
PE
LTIE
R
_C
TRL1_O
U
T
G
N
D
G
N
D
5V
_H
EATE
R
_O
U
T
2 red
3 orange
5 green
6 blue
4 yellow
8 grey
9 w
hite 
7 purple
11 brow
n
12 red
10 black 
14 yellow
15 green
13 orange
17 purple
18 grey
16 blue
J23
2 red G
N
D
3 orange 5V
1 brow
n 5V
5 green 5V
6 blue GN
D
4 yellow
 PELT
IER
_V
IN
2 red G
N
D
3 orange 5V
1 brow
n 5V
5 green 5V
6 blue GN
D
4 yellow
 PELT
IER
_V
IN
B05-P21
B05-P22
B05-P23
B08-P16
B08-P18
B08-P20
3 red
4 yellow
1 brow
n
24V switching power supply
RV0.75 green
RV0.75 black 
RV0.75 green
RV0.75 black 
DC1802+24V-01
DC1802-GND-01
DC1802+24V-01
DC1802-GND-01
1
2
3
4
B05-P12
26cm
29cm
26cm
29cm
RV1.0 green
RV1.0 black 
RV1.0 green
RV1.0 black 
DC1802+24V-02
DC1802-GND-02
DC1802+24V-02
DC1802-GND-02
1
2
3
4
B08-P11
Fan
1 red
2 black 
2 black 
1 red
JFan05
JFan08
Fan08
Fan05
DC1802+24V-03
DC1802+24V-04
DC1802-GND-03
DC1802-GND-04
2 black 
1 green
2 black 
1 green
PFan05
PFan08
Fan
General power switch
Wiring 
terminal 
block of 
halogen lamp
L1802
N1802
L1801N1801
DC1801+12V
DC1801-GND
12
L0102
N0102
102cm
DC0205+12V
DC0205-GND
G0102
G1801
G1802
G1801-1
12V switching power supply
Switch
RV2.5 black 
RV2.5 green
DC1802+24V
DC1802-GND
DC0103+24V
DC0103-GND
J14
J16
J12
B01-P2
2 green
1 black 
1 green
2 black 
B04-P16
B03-P14
1 green
2 black 
B17-P9
2 green
1 black 
4 blue 3 red
2 blue 1 red
J0203
J3
J11
J9 J10
Optical unit
G0204
G0205
G0204-1
G0205-1
Filter
Fig. 5-1-1 Electrical wiring diagram of the Analyzer 
 
5.2 Functions of circuit boards 
Circuit board Functional description 
Main control board (1) Communicate with upper computer (2) Communicate with other control boards 
Data collection board (1) Data gathering 
Probe control board 
(1) Control the swinging drive motor of probe 
(2) Check the status of probe swinging and zeroing optocoupler 
(3) Control the probe lifting driving motor 
(4) Check the status of probe lifting optocoupler 
(5) Check the liquid level detection signal and touch signal of probe 
(6) Control the dispensing pump driving motor 
(7) Check the status of dispensing pump zeroing optocoupler 
(8) Control the rinsing pump driving motor 
(9) Check the status of rinsing pump zeroing optocoupler 
(10) Control the sample/ reagent disk driving motor 
(11) Check the status of zero-point optocoupler and positioning 
optocoupler of sample/ reagent disk 
(12) Control V1, V2 and V8 solenoid valves 
(13) Bar code reading 
36
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Circuitboard Functional description 
Reaction disk control board 
(1) Control the reaction disk mechanism driving motor 
(2) Check the status of zero-point optocoupler and counting optocoupler of 
reaction disk 
(3) Control the rinsing mechanism driving motor 
(4) Check the rinsing mechanism zeroing optocoupler 
(5) Control the mixing mechanism swinging driving motor 
(6) Check the status of swinging optocoupler of mechanism 
(7) Control the lifting motor of mixing mechanism 
(8) Check the lifting optocoupler of mixing mechanism 
(9) Control and check the mixing motor of mixing mechanism 
(10) Control V4, V5, V6, V7, V9 and V10 solenoid valves 
(11) Supply power and trigger signals for the data collection board 
AC control board 
(1) Communicate with the main control board or reaction disk control 
board 
(2) Read the pressure of the vacuum diaphragm pump 
(3) Collect the temperature of reaction disk, constant-temperature 
degassing assembly, sample/reagent disk and light source system and 
the ambient temperature 
(4) Control the power signal lamp board 
(5) Control the sample dispensing indicator lamp board 
(6) Control 2 Peltier radiation fans 
(7) Control the heat circulating fan of 3 incubation bathes 
(8) Control 2 Peltiers 
(9) Control 1 light source lamp radiator fan 
(10) Control the heating strip of heating window 
(11) Control the heating strip of reaction disk 
(12) Control the heating strip of constant-temperature degassing tank 
(13) Control 2 vacuum diaphragm pumps 
(14) Control the optical power supply 
(15) Collect the liquid level information of pure water tank, 
high-concentration waste liquid tank, low-concentration waste liquid 
tank and detergent tank 
(16) Supply 5V power to the AC drive board 
(17) Collect the current information of Peltier 
AC drive control board 
(1) Drive 2 Peltier radiation fans, 1 light source fan and 3 incubation bath 
heat circulating fans 
(2) Drive the heating strip of heating window 
(3) Drive the switch of control relay of 12V light source power supply 
(4) Drive the heating strip of constant-temperature degassing tank 
(5) Drive the heating strip of reaction disk 
(6) Drive 2 diaphragm pumps 
(7) Drive 2 Peltiers 
ISE control board (optional) 
(1) Check the status of zero-point optocoupler of dilution pump 
(2) Control the internal standard peristaltic pump motor 
(3) Control the matching peristaltic pump motor 
(4) Control the dilution pump motor 
(5) Control V11, V12, V13, V14 and V15 solenoid valves 
(6) Control the M9 mixing motor 
(7) Control P16 and P17 vacuum pumps 
(8) Read the AD data of electrode potential 
(9) Check the vacuum pressure 
Switching power supply 
(1) The 12V switching power supply is light source power supply. 
(2) The 24V switching power supply provides power to the Analyzer 
except the light source. 
 
 
37
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
5.3 Electrical wiring diagram of circuit boards 
5.3.1 Probe control board 
 
B03 sample/ reagent board
J1
J7
J4
J13
J10
Rinsing pump motor
Dispensing pump motor
J6
J3
P1
D
B9 m
ale 
connector
6 blue 
5 red
3 black
4 green
12 blue 
11 red
9 black
10 green
Probe swinging motor
Probe lifting motor 
CS-T240\CS-T240 J102 wire (outsourced)
 
3 purple A-
4 grey A+
2 blue B+
1 green B-
4 red 
3 brown 
5 orange
6 yellow
9 green
10 blue
11 purple
12 grey
2 blue 
1 green
3 purple
1 green
2 blue 
3 purple
4 grey
5 white 
6 black
Probe swinging and 
zeroing optocoupler
2 red 
1 brown
3 orange
2 green 
1 yellow 
3 blue
1 brown
2 red 
3 orange
4 yellow 
5 green 
6 blue
Zero-point 
optocoupler of disk 
Positioning 
optocoupler of disk 
8 red-SUR
9 orange-TOU
10 yellow-GND
5 yellow
4 black
3 red
For reagent disk motor
3 
orange 4 
yellow 
2 red 
1 brown 
10 
black11 
brown
6 blue 
5 green 
2 red 
1 brown 
3 orange
4 yellow
5 green
6 blue
1 black
2 brown
3 red
4 orange
5 yellow
6 green
7 blue
8 purple
9 grey
14 
yellow15 
green
13 
orange
12 red
18 grey
17 
purple
16 blue
3 green A-
4 blue B+
2 yellow 24V
1 orange A+
4 orange
3 blue
5 yellow
6 green
3 green 
2 yellow 
4 red
5 white 
2 red 24V
1 brown A+ 
3 orange A-
4 yellow B+
2 red
1 brown 
3 orange
4 yellow
1 green
2 blue
4 grey
3 purple
2 blue 
1 green 
3 purple
4 grey
2 black 
1 brown
3 orange
4 red
2 black 
1 white 
3 brown
4 red
6 yellow
5 orange 2 black 
1 white 
3 brown
4 red
6 yellow
5 orange 
Dispensing pump 
zeroing optocouplerB12 optocoupler 
adapter board
CS-400-10-0707.PCBDOC
J4
J3
J2
2 red
1 
white 
3 
blue5 
green6 
black
2 red
1 
white 
3 
blue5 
green6 
black
Rinsing pump zeroing 
optocoupler
1 white 
2 black
4 red
3 brown
1 white 
2 black
4 red
3 brown
1 purple
2 grey
4 black
3 white 
D
B9 fem
ale 
connector
CS-400 bar code reader cable (outsourced)
J2
Valve for water 
supply
Inner arm valve 
B10 bar code board
14115022 CS-6400 bar code reader board (with burned program)
J3 Bar code reader
2 red
1 brown
3 orange
4 yellow
6 blue
5 green 2 red
1 brown
3 orange
4 blue
6 yellow
5 green
J2
B03-P1
B03-P7
B03-P4
B03-P2
B03-P3
B03-P6
B03-P13
B03-P10
B12-P4
P102
J0303 P0303
PPS1
J1102 P1102PPS8
PPS9
PPS10
J1402P1402
B12-P3-PPS
B12-P2-PPS
J1403P1403
P4
P3
J1401P1401
V1
V2
7 brown-5V
11 green-TXD
12 blue-RXD
6 brown
2 ora nge
4 yel low
1 gre en
5 blue
3 red
TXD
TOUCH
SURFACE
GND
RXD
+5V
B11 liquid level detection board 
2
3
4
5
6
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
J4
J7
J1
1 white 
2 black
5 purple
4 blue
6 yellow
7 yellow-5V
8 green-SUR
9 blue-TOU
10 red - ground
1 
brown-
TXD
2 red-
地
3 
orange-
RXD
4 
yellow-
5V
FPC adapter board (bare board) 
of lifting mechanism 
FPC1.0-DIP-6P vertical\ connector
2 white 
1 grey
3 black
Probe lif ting 
optocoupler
PPS2
9 orange A-
10 yellow A+
8 red B+
7 brown B-
P223
6 blue
1 black 
2 purple
1 grey
5 purple 24V
6 grey B-
5 green
6 blue
5 white 
6 black
5 
green-
SUR
6 blue-
TOU
11 orange-RXD
12 brown-TXD
1 red
2 shielding layer
1 blue
6 green
2 white 
5 green 24V
6 blue -B
5 white 
6 black 5 white 6 yellow
1 orange
2 yellow
1 orange
2 yellow
1 orange
2 yellow
V8
Probe rinsing bath valve
P1603 J1603J12
B03-P12
B11-P1
B10-P2
CS6400CAB\CS6400 J223 wire
J0901
 red
 black
Optional
Fig. 5-3-1 Electrical wiring diagram of probe control board 
 
5.3.2 Reaction disk control board 
 
B04 reaction disk board
J5
J6
J2
J4
J17
J7
J10
J25
6 blue 
5 red
3 black
4 green
Rinsing motor
For reaction 
disk motor
3 orange A-
4 yellow A+
2 red B+
1 brown B-
4 red 
3 brown 
5 orange
6 yellow
6 blue 
5 red
3 black
4 green
3 purple A-
4 grey A+
2 blue B+
1 green B-
6 grey 
5 purple
3 green
4 blue
J8
3 purple 
7 brown
2 blue 
1 green 
9 orange
8 red 
Rinsing zeroing 
optocoupler 3 purple 
2 blue 
1 green 
3 purple 
2 blue 
1 green 
3 purple 
2 blue 
1 green 
4 grey 
6 black 
5 white 
 grey
 black
 white 
 
 
 
CS-400 optocoupler board 
(OPB815L)
GND
+5V
C
GND
+5V
C
 brown
 orange
 red
4 brown
6 orange
5 red 
1 grey 
3 black 
2 white 
 
 
 
4 yellow
6 blue
5 green
1 brown
3 orange
2 red
9 white 
10 black
8 grey
7 purple
4 yellow
6 blue
5 green
1 brown
3 orange
2 red
9 white 
10 black
8 grey
7 purple
4 yellow
6 blue
5 green
1 brown
3 orange
2 red
8 grey
7 purple
4 red
1 white 
3 brown
2 black
V5 solenoid valve for 
No. 2 probe rinsing 
V7 solenoid valve of rinsing bath of 
mixing mechanism 
V4 solenoid valve for 
No. 3 probe rinsing
V9 detergent 
valve 
V10 waste 
liquid valve
Lifting motor of mixing 
mechanism 
Swinging motor of mixing 
mechanism 
2 black 
1 red 
2 grey
1 purple 
3 white 
4 black
2 blue
1 green
6 grey
7 white 
8 black
11 brown
13 orange
12 red
2 red
1 brown 
3 orange
4 yellow
12 green 
13 red
14 blue
2 blue
1 green 
5 purple
14 yellow
2 black 
1 blue 
2 black 
1 red Mixing motor of mixing 
mechanism 
2 blue
1 green
3 purple
4 grey
6 black
5 white 
5 blue
4 green
6 purple
7 grey9 black
8 white 
4 red 
7 grey
9 black
8 white 
2 green
1 red
3 black
1 grey
3 black
2 white 
Swinging optocoupler of mixing mechanism
Lifting optocoupler for mixing mechanism 
B04-P5
B04-P8
B04-P6
B04-P10
B04-P25
B04-P7
B04-P4
B04-P2
B04-P17P434
P441
J0502 P0502PPS5
J0402 P0402
Reaction disk 
counting optocoupler
Reaction disk 
zeroing 
optocoupler
J1604 P1604
J1609 P1609
P0602
P0604 J0604 PPS7
PPS6
2 brown
1 red
2 red
1 black
V6 solenoid valve for 
No. 1 probe rinsing 
J0602
M7
M6
J441
6 green 
7 red 
8 blue 
5 black 
11 black 
 green
 red
 blue
 black 
5 green 
6 black 
CS-T240/J440C wire
4 brown
6 orange
5 red 
1 grey 
3 black 
2 white 
Fig. 5-3-2 Electrical wiring diagram of reaction disk control board 
 
38
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
5.3.3 AC control board 
AC control board B05
J24
2 screen
3 white (GND)
1 red
J2
J4
3 orange TP-
1 blue TP+ 
B05-P4 JS07PS07
2 screen
3 white 
1 red
Sensor
1 blue TP+ 
2 orange TP-
Temperature sensor of constant-
temperature degass ing tank
2 black(GND)
3 yellow(IIC_SDA1)
4 green(IIC_SCL1)
1 red(5V)
B05-P2 DF1B-4DS-2.5RC B13-P2
2 black(GND)
3 yellow(IIC_SDA1)
4 green(IIC_SCL1)
1 red(5V)
Sensor
Temperature sensor 
of reaction disk
J3
B05-P3 JS03PS03
3 white (-TP1)
4 screen
1 red(+TP1)
 5 screen
J5
B05-P5
2 screen
3 white 
1 red
8 screen
9 white 
7 red
PS05
2 screen
3 white 
1 red
2 screen
3 white 
1 red
PS01
J11
2 yellow
1 orange
6 grey
5 purple
10 black
9 white 
2 yellow 
1 black
High-concentration waste liquid 
float CS-T180-15-02
2 yellow 
1 black
Pure water float CS-T180-19-03
2 yellow 
1 black
Detergent float CS-T180-23-02
PSW05JSW05
PSW04-1JSW04
PSW06JSW06
2 yellow
1 orange
2 grey
1 purple
2 black
1 white 
B05-P24
B05-P11
2 red GND
3 green LED_OUT2
1 brown 5V
4 blue LED_OUT1
1 green 
LED_OUT2
2 brown 5V
1 red GND
2 blue 
LED_OUT1
B16-P1
B16-P2
CS-400\ power signal lamp 
board B16
J2
J1
J25
2 black GND
3 green LED_OUT4
1 red 5V
4 blue LED_OUT3
B05-P25
1 red 5V
2 black GND
3 green LED_OUT4
4 blue LED_OUT3
B09-P1
4 blue
3 green
4 blue
3 green
Light-concentration waste liquid float 
CS-T180-15-02
3 black
4 yellow 
Sample dispensing indicator 
lamp board (green and blue) B09J1
5 screen
 S3
S7
S5
S1
SW4
SW7
SW5
SW6
2 shield
1 red(+TP1)
3 white (-TP1)
1 red
3 white 
6 shield
2 red(+TP1)
 6 screen
4 white (-TP1)
2 red
5 shield
4 white A
 red
 white 
 
screen
 white 
 screenA
3 orange TP-
1 blue TP+ 
1 black
3 black
1 blue TP+ 
3 orange TP-
JS01
Sample reagent disk 
temperature sensor
Sensor
1 blue TP+ 
2 orange TP-
Optical temperature sensor
Sensor
1 black
2 black
Ambient temperature sensor
Sensor
1 blue TP+ 
2 orange TP-
5 screen
6 white 
4 red
2 screen
3 white 
1 red
PS02
JS05
JS02
MPXV pressure sensor module 
version B13J2
S2
Pressure sensor of air 
collector
Fig. 5-3-3 Electrical wiring diagram of AC control board 
 
39
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
5.3.4 AC drive board 
 
 AC drive board B08
J1
B08-P1
2 yellow GND
3 green
1 orangePELTIER_FAN2_OUT
5 purple
6 grey GND
4 blue GND
LIGHT SOURCE_FAN_OUT
PELTIER_FAN1_OUT
1 red
2 black
2 black 
1 red
JFan06PFan06
JFan02PFan02
2 yellow
1 green
2 blue
1 orange
 Refrigeration and 
cooling fan
Fan
2 black 
1 red
JFan07PFan07
Light source radiation fan 
1 purple
2 grey
J21
2 yellow
3 green
4 blue
1 orange
6 grey
5 purple
8 black
7 white 
9 brown
6 grey
7 white 
8 black
5 purple
2 yellow
3 green
4 blue
1 orange
9 brown
2 yellow
3 black
4 red
1 red
6 black
5 yellow
9 black
8 yellow
7 red
J0405P0405
FAN1_OUT
FAN1_Detection
GND
FAN2_OUT
FAN2_Detection
GND
FAN3_OUT
FAN3_Detection
GND
J23 2 blackGND
1 green5V
2 black
1 green
Heater
2 black 
2 red
1 green
J4
2 black GND
1 green 24V 2 black
1 green
Heater
2 white 
Incubation bath 
heating strip
JHeating01PHeating01
JHeating05
J5 2 black GND
1 green 24V
2 black
1 green
PHeating05
Heater
2 black 2 black
1 black
Heating5
J6
2 yellow
2 yellow1 orange
1 orange
Pump
2 black 2 black
1 red 1 red
Diaphragm pump
JP1PP1
4 grey
3 purple
2 grey
1 purple
PP2
Pump
2 black 2 black
1 red 1 red
Diaphragm pump
JP2
2 green
1 green
4 black
3 black
Peltier
2 black
1 green
JCooling01PCooling01
B08-P7
2 black 
1 green 
J7
J17
2 green
1 green
4 black
3 black
PCooling02 JCooling02
2 black 
1 green 
B08-P17
B08-P6
B08-P5
B08-P4
B08-P23
B08-P21
PHeating04 JHeating04
Fan6
Fan7
Fan2
Fan3
Fan4
Fan5
Heating4
Heating1
P1
P2
Cooling1 
Cooling2 
Circulating fan of incubation bath
Temperature relay
1 white 1 white 
2 white 
A
A
1 red 
2 black 
Peltier
2 black
1 green 1 red 
2 black 
1 red
5 yellow
3 black
4 red
2 yellow
6 black
9 black
8 yellow
7 red
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Heater
1 red
2 
red 
Temperature relay
A A
A
 Refrigeration and cooling fan
C ircula ti ng fan of 
inc ubat ion bath
1 red
Heating strip of 
heating window 
Constant-temperature 
degassing heating strip
Peltier
Peltier
Heating strip of 
heating window 
Fig. 5-3-4 Electrical wiring diagram of AC drive board 
 
40
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
5.3.5 ISE control board (optional) 
 
B17 ISE control board 
J12
J6
J65
TO
_IS
E_AM
P
J41
B18 ISE pre-amplification 
board
R
E
F
N
A
K
C
L
RE
F 
el
ec
tro
de
 
N
a e
le
ctr
od
e K
 el
ec
tro
de
CI
 el
ec
tro
de
1 white 
2 red
3 blue
5 gre en
J4
Proportioning pump motor 
Internal standard pump motor 
1 red
2 gre en
3 yel low
4 blue
PM06 
JM07
JM06
B19 pum
p optocoupler 
adapter board
B17-P6
B19-P41
B17-P65
J1
B18-P1
B17-P4
2 yel low
1 ora nge
3 gre en
1 brown
2 red
3 ora nge
4 yel low
7 gre en
8 blue
9 purple
10 gre y
1 brown
2 red
3 ora nge
4 yel low
1 gre en
2 blue
3 purple
4 gre y
B17-P12
1 brown
2 red
3 ora nge
4 yel low
5 gre en
6 blue
7 purple
8 gre y
9 white 
10 bla ck
15 brown2
16 red2
1 brown
2 red
Mixing motor
1 yel low
2 ora nge
LTK wire
J3
J5
PM05JM05
B17-P5
1 white 
2 bla ck
3 brown
4 red
1 white 
2 bla ck
3 brown
4 red
Plunger pump
142cm
1 red
2 yel low
3 brown
4 ora nge
PM07 
P387
PV13 JV13
V13
6 bla ck
1 yel low
2 yel low
V14
V15
V11
V12
P6
P7
M9
P5
1 gre en
2 blue
PV14 JV14
1 yel low
2 yel low
1 purple
2 gre y
PV15 JV15
1 red
2 bla ck
1 white 
2 bla ck
PV11 JV11
1 brown 2
2 red 2
PV12 JV12
1 red
2 bla ck
1 red
2 bla ck
21
21
21
B19-P3-PPS
CS-6400 J387 wire 14102551
2 red
1 brown
Pump
2 black 2 black
1 red 1 red
JP16PP16
B17-P13J13
2 black
3 yellow
4 green
1 red
B20-P2
2 yellow
3 green
4 black
1 red MPXV pressure sensor module 
version B20J2
5 black（ screen）
J1 B17-P1
P16
Pump
2 black 2 black
1 red 1 red
P17
JP17PP17
4 yellow
3 orange
1 brown
2 red
3 ora nge
4 yel low
Fig. 5-3-5 Electrical wiring diagram of ISE control board (optional) 
 
41
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Chapter 6 Components replacement and debugging 
 
6.1 Replacement and debugging of commonly used components 
6.1.1 Halogen lamp replacement 
The precision of the Analyzer will decline as the light power will be weaker due to the aging light source lamp. 
Check quantity of light, if the check value is larger than 18000, replace halogen lamp in time. 
6.1.1.1 Inspection of quantity of light 
Select "Light Check" in the "System Maintenance" window, and click "Execute" button so that the instrument 
automatically executes the light source energy test. The test results are displayed in AD value or printed by the 
pressing down the print key. Generally, the value will reach its highest point at 340nm. 
6.1.1.2 Replacement of light source lamp 
(1) Prepare a new halogen lamp, as shown in Fig. 6-1-1. 
 
Fig. 6-1-1 
 
Do not touch the surface of the halogen lamp, otherwise, the light intensity value will be affected.If there are 
stains such as fingerprints on the surface, wipe it witha piece of gauze dipped with ethanol. 
(2) Turn off the power of the Analyzer to completely cool down the lamphouse (about 30 minutes), so as to prevent 
ambustion. 
(3) Screw off the fixing screws of the side doors of the instrument and open the small door as shown in Fig. 6-1-2. 
 
Fig. 6-1-2 
(4) Screw off the terminal blocks (two screws) of the halogen lamp on the terminal strip and take off the leads, as 
shown in Fig. 6-1-3. 
Replacement 
of halogen 
lamp 
Replacement of 
alkaline detergent 
42
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
 
Fig. 6-1-3 
(5) Screw off the two fixing screws of light source holder and take out the halogen lamp, shown as in Fig. 6-1-4. 
 
Fig. 6-1-4 
(6) Replace with a new halogen lamp according to the reverse steps of above, tighten the screws, and do not contact 
other leads. Leads should not be loose or up warping. 
(7) Close the small door and tighten the fixing screws, power on the analyzer. In the stand-by state, execute "Light 
Quantity Check" function, and after the light quantity meets the requirement, carry out the test. 
 
6.1.2 Replacement of optical unit 
 If there is any trouble in the test process, it is recommended to remove the whole optical unit for maintenance 
and replacement. 
(1) Turn off the power of the Analyzer to completely cool down the lamphouse (about 30 minutes), so as to prevent 
ambustion. 
(2) Unscrew the fixing screw of the rinsing mechanism , remove the rinsing mechanism of cuvette, place the rinsing 
mechanism on a flat place aside, without causing damage to the rinsing probe, and lift the reaction disk cover up and 
put aside. 
(3) As shown in Fig. 6-1-5, loosen but not remove the screw of Cover 4, and then remove Cover 1, 2 and 3 in 
sequence. Pay attention to the position of mixing and rinsing baths when removing Cover 2. 
Two terminal 
blocks 
Fixing screw 
43
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
 
Fig. 6-1-5 
(4) As shown in Fig. 6-1-6, unscrew three screws in the middle as circled in red color and lift up the reaction disk. 
 
Place the reaction disk in a dry and clean place, and prevent water on the wall of cuvette drip into the 
analyzer. 
 
Fig. 6-1-6 
(5) Remove the incubation bath, as shown in Figure 6-1-7, and unplug four terminal blocks selected. Unscrew off five 
fixing screws of the incubation bath, as shown in Figure 6-1-8, upwarp the incubation bath, and pay attention to the 
tubing under the incubation bath. 
1 
2 
3 
4 
Rinsing bath 
Mixing bar 
Screw of rinsing 
mechanism 
44
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
 
Fig. 6-1-7 
 
 
Fig. 6-1-8 
(6) Remove the optical unit connecting wire. First remove the ground wire G0205 as shown in Figure 6-1-9, and 
check whether the screw washer gets lost. Unscrew the cover screw that fixes AD box, remove the cover, pull out the 
connection wires P514 and B06-P4 on the circuit board, as shown in Figure 6-1-10, pull out the temperature sensor, 
and remove the two DC0205 wires on the iconic terminal block with a screwdriver. 
Terminal 
block 
45
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
 
Fig. 6-1-9 
 
 
Fig. 6-1-10 
 
(7) Remove the optical unit, as shown in Fig. 6-1-11. There is a screw on the back of the optical unit. Hold the optical 
unit by hand and screw down the screw at the same time. Hold up the incubation bath and lift the optical unit up 
obliquely and take it out. 
Ground wire 
G0205 
AD box 
cover 
DC0205+12V DC0205-GND 
Temperature 
Sensor 
46
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
 
Fig. 6-1-11 
(8) Install the new optical unit in accordance with the reverse steps mentioned above. Since the incubation bath and 
the optical unit are fixed with screws, do not lock the screws in Fig. 6-1-11. After the incubation bath is fixed, lock the 
above-mentioned screws, and then install in step (8)-(2). 
(9) After installation, the following operations are carried out to verify that the instrument can work normally. 
 a) "Reset" operation: in the "System Maintenance" interface, select the "Instrument Reset" and then click the 
"Execute" button; 
 b) Mechanical motions check: in the "System Maintenance" interface, select "Mechanical Motions Check"; 
 c) Execute "AD Normalization", "cuvette Blank", "Reaction Disk Optical Couple Test", "Original AD Value 
Check", and "Cuvette Blank Injection Volume Check". 
 d) Execute "stray light", "linear range of absorbance", "absorbance repeatability", "absorbance accuracy" and 
"absorbance stability" tests. 
 
6.1.3 Replacement and debugging of mixing bar 
(1) Turn off the power of the analyzer. 
(2) Loosen two fixing screws for about 1 circle, as shown in the figure: pull out mixing bar from the bottom. 
 
Fig. 6-1-12 
(3) Prepare a new mixing bar, and wipe the front of the new mixing bar with a piece of gauze dipped in ethanol. 
(4) When installing the new mixing bar, insert the mixing bar at the heel of the motor and fix it with M2 screws as 
shown in the figure: 
Screw 
47
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
 
Fig. 6-1-13 
(5) Put the adjusting block of the mixing bar on the bracket of the cuvette and move the cuvette above the adjusting 
block as shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 6-1-14 
(6) Screw off M2 screw, and adjust the mixing bar until its point touches the upper surface of adjusting block as 
shown in the figure: fasten M2 screw. 
 
Fig. 6-1-15 
(7) Select "Mixing Mechanism Check" from "Mechanism Check" in the "System Maintenance" window, and click "
" and “ " to confirm whether the position of mixing bar is correct. 
(8) If not in the center of the cuvette, use CS-T180 debugging and maintenance program to adjust. After getting 
online, select the lower computer debugging, mixing unit and position compensation in turn. 
 (9) Click "Position" to show a drop-down symbol and select the cuvette, click "Read". When the reading of position 
information is complete, fill in the number of compensation step in the position information box, in the range of 
-15~15, set the compensation step and then click "Settings". 
Mixing motor 
Mixing bar M2 screw 
Mixing mechanism 
Place the adjusting block here 
Adjusting block 
Height adjusting screw 
Cuvette bracket 
Mixing bar 
Cuvette bracket 
Upper end of adjusting block 
48
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
(10) When resetting the mixing unit, adjust the mixing bar to the position of the cuvette, and observe whether the 
mixing bar is in the center of the cuvette. If the mixing bar is not in the center, the compensation settings should be 
made again according to the specific circumstances. 
(11) Execute "Mechanical action check" for 10 times in "Mechanism Check" in the "System Maintenance" window 
and confirm whether or not the mechanical action is normal. 
 
6.1.4 Replacement and debugging of probe assembly 
(1) Power off the analyzer. 
(2) Hold the shell of the probe with fingers and then pick it up and take it off as shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 6-1-17 
(3) Unscrew tubing connector as shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 6-1-18 
(4) Remove the probe. 
(5) Replace with a new probe and screw down the tubing connectors in reverse order. 
(6) Turn on the power switch of the analyzer. 
(7) Click "System Maintenance" button in functions navigation area. 
(8) Select "Horizontal Check of Probe" and "Mixing Mechanism" in the "Mechanism Check" list, and then click "
" button and single click " " button to move on the next action. 
(9) Execute "Horizontal Check of Probe". When the probe stops above the cuvette, check whether the point of probe 
aims at the center of cuvette, as shown in the figure. 
 
Fig. 6-1-19 
(10) If not in the center, use CS-T180 debugging and maintenance program to adjust the probe mechanism. After 
Probe front 
Cuvette 
49
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
getting online, select the lower computer debugging, probe unit and swing compensation. 
(11) Click "Position" to show a drop-down symboland select the cuvette, click "Read". When the reading of position 
information is complete, fill in the number of compensation step in the position information box, in the range of 
-15~15, set the compensation step and then click "Settings". 
(12) When resetting the probe, adjust the probe to the position of the cuvette, and observe whether the probe is in the 
center of the cuvette. If the probe is not in the center, the compensation settings should be made again according to the 
specific circumstances. 
 
6.1.5 Replacement of constant-temperature degassing system 
(1) Shut down the power switch on the lower right side of the analyzer, remove the back cover of the analyzer, and 
disconnect the tubing XR78-80 (No. 2 tube) between the V1 solenoid valve in the analyzer and the 
constant-temperature degassing tank. 
(2) One minute later, disconnect the intake pipe XR78-500 (No. 1 tube) and the degassing tube XR78-200 (No 28 
tube) at the bottom of the constant-temperature degassing tank, and disconnect the three wire plugs on the 
constant-temperature degassing tank. As shown in figure below: 
 
 
Fig. 6-1-21 
 
Fig. 6-1-22 
(3) Loosen the two fixing screws of the constant-temperature degassing tank, remove the constant-temperature 
degassing tank from the analyzer and place it on a clean desk. 
(4) Install the new constant-temperature degassing tank to the original position and connect the tubing and wire plug 
one by one accurately. 
Caution: 
● When replacing the constant-temperature degassing tank, pull out No. 1, No. 2 and No. 28 tubes and wire plugs 
before replacing the components. 
● During the replacement process, there will be an overflow at the outlet of No. 1 tube. The water container should 
be prepared before pulling off the tube, or the nylon bandage and plug should be used to seal. 
(5) Turn on the power switch on the lower right side of the analyzer. In the process of power-on resetting of the 
XR78-80 (No. 2 
tube) 
Wire plug 
Tube 28 
Tube 1 
50
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
analyzer,conduct spitting test of the rinsing probe. Because the tubing becomes empty after replacing the degassing 
tank, the water in the tubing can not be replenished in time, the analyzer will stop because of alarming "abnormal 
spitting of 3-11-2 rinsing mechanism rinsing probe". After tubing is reset repeatedly and filled up with water, enter 
the standby mode. If the alarm still sounds after repeated reset, please check the tubing. 
 
When there are bubbles in the tubing, there may be water spraying in the probe rinsing bath, which should be 
cleared in time. 
(6) Execute the "Syringe Pump Exhausts" operation to ensure that there are no bubbles in the sample dispensing 
injection pump (500μL) and the water supply injection pump (10mL). 
 
6.1.6 Electrode replacement 
 
● Generally, it is prohibited to open ISE cover.Otherwise, the results may be inaccurate caused by poor 
temperature control. 
● Keep the replacement of electrode and checks of equipment within 1 hour. 
● The service life of ISE electrode is 6 months or being tested for 15000 times. 
● Make sure that the storage temperature of the electrode is at 1℃~51℃. 
 
Fig. 6-1-23 Diagram of Electrode Arrangement 
6.1.6.1 Replacement of Na, K and CI electrodes 
Electric potential of electrode will gradually decrease after long time of using, which leads to poor responding. Thus 
the electrode should be replaced for a new one. 
(1) Time to replace electrode 
An alarm sounds when the slope value of the calibration is abnormal, as shown in the table below: 
Slope value 
Alarm information 
Na K Cl 
40mV~70mV 40mV~70mV -70mV~-40mV Normal range 
35mV~40mV 35mV~40mV -40mV~-35mV Abnormal ISE preparation 
Below 35mV Below 35mV Above -35mV Abnormal ISE slope rate 
When abnormal ISE preparation warning occurs, the analysis at that day can be executed as usual, and new 
electrode shall be replaced with on the second day. When abnormal ISE slope rate alarm sounds, replace with a new 
electrode in time. 
If the alarm sounds or QC test fails while the slope rate is still within the normal range, it indicates that the 
response of electrode is poor. The situation is usually caused by tubing pollution, and can be solved by rinsing the 
tubing. 
One of the reasons causing dramatic change of slope value of that day but normal calibration value of the former 
day may be electrode. Check whether there is leakage or blocking and bubble in tubing. 
(2) Replacement method of electrode 
a) Open the maintenance opening on the right side of the analyzer, and unscrew the fixing screw on electrode 
components, and lift up electrode components. 
b) Select the electrode to be replaced, and screw off the electrode with hands holding protecting jacket, as shown 
51
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
in the figure: 
 
Fig. 6-1-24 
c) Pull out the wire of electrode as shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 6-1-25 
d) After removing the electrode, wipe out the liquid with the cotton swab in the position on flow cell for 
electrode installation, as shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 6-1-26 
e) Assemble and install the new corresponding electrodes at the proper position of the flow cell, and then 
connect the other end of the electrode with the connector of the front zoom plate. 
(3) Finishing of electrode 
After the new electrode was installed, the electrode shall be repaired and maintained before being analyzed in 
accordance with the following order: 
a) Execute all ISE tubing once in "ISE" window of "System maintenance". 
b) After 10 minutes, execute ISE check for 10 times in "ISE" window of "System Maintenance". The results of 
ISE check will be displayed on the system maintenance working area. 
c) Execute ISE calibration for once to confirm that whether the slope is within the reference range. 
6.1.6.2 Replacement of reference electrode 
(1) Time to replace 
Replace with new electrode when all slope value of Na, K, Ci electrode is low or unstable. 
(2) Replacement method 
Select reference electrode (NA REF), and refer to (2) Replacement method of electrode under the "Replacement 
of Na, K and Cl electrodes" for the replacement method and precautions for replacement. 
(3) Confirmation after replacement 
a) Execute all ISE tubing once in "ISE" window of "System maintenance". 
b) After 10 minutes, execute ISE check for 10 times in "ISE" window of "System Maintenance". The results of 
52
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
ISE check will be displayed on the system maintenance working area. The difference of two successive check values 
of the same electrode shall not be more than 0.2mv. 
c) Execute ISE calibration for once to confirm that whether the slope is within the reference range. 
 
6.1.7 Replacement of tube for pinch valve 
(1) Open ISE cover plate of analysis unit of the Analyzer. 
(2) Replace the tube with a new one. Prevent the hose from loosening and falling when inserting, as shown in the 
figure: 
 
Fig. 6-1-27 
(3) Wipe with a piece of gauze dipped in pure water if there is liquid dripping from the tube. 
(4) Install the ISE cover. 
6.1.8 Replacement of Peltier of reagent disk 
 
Power off the whole machine for at least three minutes before operation. 
 
 
Tube for pinch valve 
53
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) Remove the side cover and the front cover; 
(2) Pull out both the male and female connectors of the wire socket, and pull it out after loosening the screw of the 
front ventilation hood and lower ventilation hood. 
(3) Unscrew radiator screws and remove radiator. 
(4) Replace Peltier PCooLing01/ PCooLing02; 
(5) After replacement, install according to the reverse steps. 
6.1.9 Replacement of heating window of sample reagent disk 
 
(1) Turn the sample reagent probe away from the sample reagent disk, remove the chamber cover, take out the sample 
reagent disk holder, and remove the heat insulation cover; 
(2) Remove the side cover,upper cover and front cover; 
(3) Pull out both the male and female connectors of the wire socket, and pull it out after loosening the screw of the 
front ventilation hood and lower ventilation hood. 
(4) Unscrew three mounting screws in the refrigeration chamber, pull down the overflow pipe and take out the 
components of refrigeration chamber. 
(5) Remove the screws of the bar code scanning window and heat the replaced window. 
(6) After replacement, install according to the reverse steps. 
Mounting 
screw 
Insertion direction Insertion direction Screw Screw 
Front Ventilation Hood Lower Ventilation Hood 
54
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
6.1.10 Replacement of driving component motor 
 
(1) Turn the sample reagent probe away from the sample reagent disk, remove the chamber cover, take out the sample 
reagent disk holder, and remove the heat insulation cover; 
(2) Remove the side cover, upper cover and front cover; 
(3) Pull out both the male and female connectors of the wire socket, and pull it out after loosening the screw of the 
front ventilation hood and lower ventilation hood. 
(4) Unscrew three mounting screws in the refrigeration chamber, pull down the overflow pipe and take out the 
components of refrigeration chamber. 
(5) Remove the mounting screws of driving component and remove the driving component. 
(6) Remove the motor wire socket, loosen the mounting screws and replace the motor. 
(7) After replacement, install according to the reverse steps. 
6.1.11 Replacement of driving component optocoupler 
(1) Execute 6.1.10 (1) ~ (5) 
(2) Pull out the optocoupler wire, blow the thermoplastic on the back of the optocoupler with a heat gun until it melts, 
remove the optocoupler, and clean the residual thermoplastic with a screwdriver. 
(3) Place a new optocoupler into the mounting hole and fix it with thermoplastic. 
(4) After replacement, install according to the reverse steps. 
 
 
Position of 
screw 
55
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Chapter 7 Maintenance 
7.1 System maintenance preparation 
To guarantee the accuracy and precision of the Analyzer, operators shall strictly follow User Manual of 
Auto-Chemistry Analyzer (Type: CS-T180) and regularly provide maintenance for the Analyzer so as to get reliable 
test results and ensure the Analyzer with planned service life. 
Before maintenance of the Analyzer, please prepare the following tools: 
7.1.1 Tools and instruments 
(1)Accessory (accompanying) 
Tool Name Use 
Cross screwdriver To remove and install cover 
Probe unblocking needle To clean probe 
Probe unblocking tool To clean when probe blocked 
Fixing block To adjust the height of mixing bar 
(2)Objects prepared by users 
Tool Name Use 
Clean gauze To clean all parts 
Cotton swab To clean probe 
Dust collector To clean the cooling fan 
Water tanks (two) To drain waste liquid 
Brush of test tube To clean rinsing bath 
7.1.2 Pure water 
During routine operation and system maintenance, the Analyzer shall be filled with pure water with conductivity 
lower than 1μs/cm. Don't forget to maintain and check the pure water unit regularly during using pure water unit. 
Refer to the User Manual of the pure water unit for details to contact with the manufacturer or seller. 
7.1.3 Detergent 
Various detergents, used for rinsing all parts of the Analyzer, shall be purchased from Dirui Company. If the 
detergents are replaced with any other detergent, cuvette, probe, mixing bar and tubing may be not rinsed fully, 
leading to the impact on the accuracy and precision of testing result. The Company will not be responsible for any 
inaccuracy due to failure to use detergent specified. 
3 kinds of CS series detergent in total: 
(1)CS series anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent: Put CS-anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent in the specified 
position according to the prompt. 2% of CS series anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent shall be adopted for 
scrubbing parts of the Analyzer or soaking cuvette. 
(2)CS-alkaline detergent: place CS-alkaline detergent in the detergent bottle in front of the Analyzer for rinsing 
cuvette 
(3)CS-ISE detergent: Place standard cup of CS-ISE detergent at position outer 1 on sample reagent disk for rinsing 
ISE matching cuvette, flow cell and ISE tubing. 
56
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
7.2 Application of "System Maintenance" window 
Click " " in the functions area to enter maintenance window, and then set the daily maintenance 
as per the demand. The interface is as shown: 
 
Fig. 7-2-1 
During the maintenance operation of the Analyzer, click " " in the window to stop maintenance 
operation that can be stopped halfway, or execute other operation until maintenance operation is finished when some 
maintenance operation cannot be stopped halfway. The Analyzer will reset first before executing any maintenance 
item. In case of any abnormal mechanism during maintenance, an alarm prompt will be displayed in the "Alarm 
Information" window. 
Click " " to exit some maintenance window. 
7.2.1 Reset analyzer 
Click the icon on "System Maintenance" as shown below: 
57
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 7-2-2 
Click " ", and the mechanism of the Analyzer will automatically return to the reset point. It is not 
allowed to suddenly suspend the reset process. Other operations are allowable only under standby mode. 
Please execute reset if the alarm information gives prompts, or the Analyzer is suddenly suspended, or single-step 
adjustment of probe, or mixing mechanism is executed. 
7.2.2 Check cuvette blank and light intensity 
Click the " " icon on the "System Maintenance" window to execute test of cuvette blank and light 
intensity. 
(1)Cuvette blank test 
Select " " on the "Cuvette Blank and Light Intensity" window, and click "
", then the Analyzer will execute cuvette blank test of 160 cuvettes and display the test results on the cuvette blank 
test window as shown below: 
58
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 7-2-3 
Click the " " button to preview and print the cuvette blank value if needed. During the check of 
cuvette blank, click the " " button to end cuvette blank test. 
Normally, the user is suggested to execute cuvette blank test once a week. User shall execute cuvette blank test after 
replacing cuvette only if the value is qualified. Operator is not suggested to continue sample test if the cuvette blank 
value is abnormal, otherwise, it may affect the accuracy of test result. 
a)"cuvette No." column: display the number of 1~56 cuvettes. 
b)"340~380" column: separately display the cuvette blank test of 56 cuvettes of different cuvette No. 
corresponding to wavelength of 340nm, 380nm, 405nm, 450nm, 480nm, 505nm, 546nm, 570nm, 600nm, 660nm, 
700nm, 750nm, or 800nm. 
c)"1" (cuvette) line: display the cuvette blank value of No. 1 cuvette under 12wavelengths, which is qualified if the 
value is in the range of 8000~18000. 
d)"2~56" (cuvette) line: display the difference between cuvettes of No. 2~56, which is the difference between 
cuvette blank of No. 1 cuvette and cuvette blank of No. 2~56 cuvette, and the difference is only qualified within the 
range of -1500~1500. 
(2)Check quantity of light 
Select " " on "Cuvette Blank and Light Intensity" window, and the display is shown as below: 
59
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 7-2-4 
Click the " " button, and the Analyzer will automatically execute the check of light source energy, 
and display the check value of this time and before, and the difference value automatically calculated can be printed 
as needed. The check value of quantity of light shall be less than or equal to 18000. Click the " " 
button to end the check of light intensity. 
Normally, users are suggested to check quantity of light once a month. Check light intensity first after replacing 
halogen lamp, and only when the value of light intensity is qualified can the testbe carried out. 
7.2.3 Exhaust air 
Click the " " icon on the "System Maintenance" window to execute air exhaust of syringe pump as shown 
below: 
60
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 7-2-5 
Select " " on the "Air Exhaust" window, and select " " or "
" as needed. If to select "Detergent aspirating", place CS-anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent 
in position outer 1 on the sample reagent disk. Click " ", the syringe pump piston will twitch up 
and down repeatedly to exhaust the air in syringe pump or tubing. Emergency stops are not allowed during this 
function operation, and any other operation shall be carried out under the standby status. 
Exhaust air from syringe pump for several times when replacing syringe pump or its tubing or firstly install the 
Analyzer. 
7.2.4 Rinsing 
Click the " " icon on the "System Maintenance" window to rinse cuvette, and drain the whole machine, as 
shown below: 
(1)Rinse cuvette 
Click " " on the "Rinsing" window as shown below: 
61
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 7-2-6 
Click" ", and the Analyzer will automatically rinse 56 cuvettes. During rinsing cuvette, click "
" to end the operation. 
In case that the cuvette blank value is abnormal, execute "Rinse cuvette" first; the user is suggested to rinse cuvette 
once a week to protect the test result from being affected by polluted cuvette. 
(2)Drain whole machine 
Click " " on the "Rinsing" window as shown below: 
 
Fig. 7-2-7 
Click the " " button, operate according to the prompt, and wait for standby before executing other 
operation. 
62
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
When executing "complete machine dewatering", the pure water in the water feeding tubing of the rinsing 
mechanism, the probe inner wall, the probe outer wall, the rinsing bath, and the degassing tank will be drained, and 
the detergent in the alkaline detergent tubing will be drained. Detergent will be discharged from the inlet. Before 
executing the function, prepare a container to hold the discharged detergent. Pure water will be discharged directly to 
the low-concentration waste liquid tube. 
(3)Probe rinsing 
In the "rinsing" window, select " ", and the interface is as shown below: 
 
Fig. 7-2-7(a) 
Click the " " button. Operate according to the prompt. Wait for standby before executing other 
operation. 
It’s suggested that the user execute probe rinsing once a week. 
7.2.5 Mechanism check 
Click " " in the "System maintenance" window to execute the vertical check and horizontal check of probe 
and check mixing mechanism, mechanical action and rinsing mechanism. Please execute corresponding maintenance 
action to check or adjust the mechanism. 
(1)Vertical check of probe 
Select " " on the "Mechanism check" window as shown in the figure: 
63
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 7-2-8 
Click the " " button, and the Analyzer starts the single-step vertical action of lifting mechanism 
of probe, then click the " " button to execute the next action, and click " " 
button to stop the maintenance action. 
Vertical check of "5mL", "50mL", "Empty Bottle", "Check out" or "Return to Zero" can be selected. 
Please refer to "7.4.1 (4) Adjustment and confirmation of the position of probe" for the action of vertical check of 
probe. 
(2)Horizontal check of probe 
Select " " on the "Mechanism check" window as shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 7-2-9 
64
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Click the " " button, and the Analyzer starts the single-step horizontal action of lifting 
mechanism of probe, then click the " " button to execute the next action, and click the "
" button to stop the maintenance action. 
Please refer to "7.4.1 (4) Adjustment and confirmation of the position of probe" for the detailed specification of 
horizontal check of probe. 
Please execute the action when adjusting or checking the position of probe. 
(3)Check of mixing mechanism 
Select " " on the "Mechanism check" window as shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 7-2-10 
Click the " " button, and the Analyzer starts the single-step action check of mixing mechanism, 
then click the " " button to execute the next action, and click the " " button 
to stop the maintenance action. 
Execute when adjusting the position of mixing mechanism (at cuvette side and above the rinsing bath). 
(4)Mechanical motions check 
Select " " on the "Mechanism check" window as shown in the figure: 
65
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 7-2-11 
Input the number of check within the range of 1~65535, and click the " " button to execute action 
check of all mechanisms. Click the " " button to stop the maintenance action. 
(5)Mechanical motions check 
Select " " on the "Mechanism check" window as shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 7-2-12 
Click the " " button and the Analyzer executes the reset automatically, then the rinsing 
mechanism goes off (failing distance: upon the rinsing probe enters into the cuvette); click "Next", the rinsing 
mechanism goes up to zero; then click "Next", the rinsing mechanism goes down. Click the " " 
button to stop the maintenance action. 
66
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
7.2.6 Water quality check 
On the "System Maintenance" window click the " " icon to check the water quality, and the interface is as 
shown below: 
 
Fig. 7-2-13 
Select "cal." and click the " " button, and according to the prompt put a 20mL reagent bottle 
holding 20mL normal saline in position outer 1. 
After calibration, put a 20mL reagent bottle holding 20mL water to be tested in position outer 1 accoding to the 
prompt. After testing, the test result will be displayed on the software interface. 
7.2.7 Barcode 
Click the " " button on the "System maintenance" window to check the barcode of sample and reagent. 
Select " " on the "Barcode" window as shown in the figure: 
67
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 7-2-14 
Click the " " button, the Analyzer will scan the barcode at position 1, outer 1 and inner 2 of the 
sample reagent disk, and display the check result. 
 
Before testing, put a test tube with barcode respectively at position 1 and outer 1 of the sample reagent disk; 
after the scanning, put a test tube with barcode at position 1, and a 20mL reagent bottle with barcode at 
position outer 1; and after scanning, put a test tube with barcode at position 1, and a 35mL reagent bottle 
with barcode at position inner 2 for scanning. 
7.2.8 ISE 
Click the " " icon on the "System maintenance" window to enter the ISE window, as shown in the figure: 
68
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 7-2-15 
(1)ISE check 
Click and select " " on the "ISE" window, and set the number of checks in the input bar "Check 
Times" within the range of 1-999. Click the " " button to display the check value on the working 
area of the check result. Click the " " button to end the action. 
Execute ISE check after ISE warning occurs, rinsing ISE or replacing electrode. 
 
● The normal value range of ISE check: 
Item name Range of normal value (unit: mV) 
Na+ -200~200 
K+ -300~100 
Cl- -200~200 
● The difference of two successive check values of the same electrode shall be no more than 0.2mV. 
(2)Rinse ISE tubing 
Select " " on the "ISE" window as shown in the figure: 
69
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 7-2-16 
Select the type of tube needed to be rinsed as per the actual situation in the ISE tubing rinsing area, and click the "
" button, the Analyzer will automatically rinse the tubing, the action can be ended by clicking the 
" " button. 
Users are suggested to rinse all ISE tubes once a month. 
(3)Rinse ISE matching cuvette 
Select " " on the "ISE" window as shown in the figure: 
 
70
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fig. 7-2-17 
Place CS-IES detergent at position outer 1 of the sample reagent disk, and click the " " button,the Analyzer will automatically rinse ISE cuvette, and the action can be ended by clicking the "
" button. 
User is suggested to rinse ISE matching cuvette once a week, and execute ISE calibration after rinsing. 
(4)Exhaust air from ISE diluent tubing 
Select " " on the "ISE" window as shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 7-2-18 
When bubbles exist inside ISE tubing and ISE syringe pump, click the " " button to execute 
tubing exhaust. Emergency stops are not allowed during this function operation, and any other operation shall be 
carried out in standby status. 
(5)Rinse ISE flow cell 
Select " " on the "ISE" window as shown in the figure: 
71
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 7-2-19 
Place CS-ISE detergent at position outer 1 of the sample reagent disk, and click the " " button, 
the Analyzer will automatically rinse ISE flow cell, and the action can be ended by clicking the "
" button. 
User is suggested to rinse ISE flow cell once a month. 
7.3 System maintenance position and parts 
 
If the Analyzer is installed with accessories which are not provided or recommended by the manufacturer or 
the Analyzer is used otherwise specified by the manufacturer, the relating protection may be weakened. 
7.3.1 Clean, check and replace parts regularly 
Maintain, check and replace parts regularly as shown in Table 7-3-1 (providing the Analyzer is used for 5 hours per 
day): 
(○: Clean and check regularly ●: Replace and add regularly) 
Table 7-3-1 List of Parts to be Cleaned, Checked and Replaced Regularly 
No. Items 
Necessary 
amount for 
1 time 
Annual 
consumption 
Periodic 
Reference 
Daily 
Appro
priate 
time 
Weekly Monthly Yearly 
1 Standard cup ● —— 
2 Manual-rinsing probe ○ 7.4.1 
3 Probe rinsing tank Rinsing bath of mixing bar ○ 7.4.1 
72
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
No. Items 
Necessary 
amount for 
1 time 
Annual 
consumption 
Periodic 
Reference 
Daily 
Appro
priate 
time 
Weekly Monthly Yearly 
4 
(Note a) Cuvette (7/set) 8 groups 32 sets ● ○ 7.4.2 
5 Incubation bath and axial fan ○ 7.4.2 
6 
(Note b) 
Halogen lamp (light source 
lamp) 1 2 ● 7.4.3 
7 Rinse nozzles of mechanism ○ 7.4.4 
8 Mixing bar ○ 7.4.5 
9 
Rinsing of syringe pump 
Sample dispensing in syringe 
pump 
 ● 7.4.7 
10 Water supply filter and detergent filter ○ 7.4.11 
11 
CS series anti-bacterial 
phosphor-free detergent 
CS-alkaline detergent 
 ● 7.1.3 
12 Vacuum bottle body ○ —— 
13 Refrigeration chamber ○ 7.4.6 
14 Cooling Fans ○ —— 
15 
(Note c) 
Confirmation of cuvette 
blank ○ 7.2.2 
16 Drainage of waste liquid ○ —— 
17 Detergent bottle ○ 7.4.2 
Note: 
a)Statistic about the maximum consumption is made in the list, if the cuvette blank value is qualified, it can be 
used continually. Replace with a new cuvette if the cuvette blank value is still abnormal after rinsing cuvette. 
b)Halogen lamp, whose average service time is 2000 hours, needs to be replaced when the value of quantity of 
light is tested with 340nm wavelength to be larger than 18000 hours, and to ensure the accuracy and precision 
of test result, halogen lamp with service time of 750 hours are recommended for the replacement. 
c)Execute cuvette blank test once a week, otherwise, warning of abnormal cuvette blank value may occur. 
d)The Analyzer can be equipped with stylus, ink-jet or laser printer, and user can select consumables as per 
the type of printer. 
7.3.2 Spare parts for regular replacement and maintenance 
Please prepare the following parts all the time for repairing the Analyzer at any time in case of faults. The parts are 
shown in Table 7-3-2: 
Table 7-3-2 List of Spare Parts 
No. Part name Note Suggested qty./year 
1 Halogen lamp 12V20W 2 
2 Cuvette (7/set×8 sets) 32 sets 
3 Axial fan F251RF05LC5V 3 
73
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
No. Part name Note Suggested qty./year 
4 LMT55 ethylene tube 1/4×3/8 (unit: inch) 
5 LMT55 ethylene tube 1/8 inch×1/4 inch 5m 
6 LMT55 ethylene tube 1/16 inch×1/8 inch 5m 
7 Teflon FEP hard pipe 1mm×2mm 5m 
8 Teflon FEP hard pipe 1.5mm×2.5mm 5m 
9 Teflon FEP hard pipe 2.1mm×3.2mm 3m 
10 Silicone tube 8mm×14mm 3m 
11 Water supply filter and detergent filter For tubing 1 piece for each 
12 Probe For sample-aspirating 1 
13 Mixing bar For mixing 2 
14 Wiping white block of rinsing mechanism For rinsing cuvette Two for each spec. 
15 Rinsing of syringe pump For water supply during rinsing 1 
16 Sample dispensing in syringe pump For dispensing sample and reagent 1 
7.4 Maintenance methods 
 
● Don't spill water, reagent detergent or other solutions on the machine or electric parts of the Analyzer in 
case of any damages. 
● Do not touch probe mechanism, mixing mechanism or cuvette-rinsing mechanism during operation of the 
Analyzer in case of infection or injury. 
● During operation, the operators shall take preventive measures like wear protective gloves, glasses, working 
suits in case of infection due to touch with polluted area or solution or skin injury due to contacting with 
corrosive liquid. The operator shall rinse with water and take disinfection measures after contacting the 
polluted or corrosive liquid due to carelessness. 
● During maintenance process, please check whether there are hazards caused by inefficiency of hoses or 
parts filled with solution. 
7.4.1 Probe 
The inner/outer wall of the probe may have serum, reagent or drops attached, or is easy to be blocked if being polluted, 
as a result the test results of the Analyzer may be affected. Therefore, regular check and rinsing or cleaning are 
needed. 
(1)Daily automatic rinsing of the Analyzer 
Place a reagent bottle (70mL bottle) with CS-anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent at position outer 1 of the sample 
reagent disk, as shown in the figure: 
74
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 7-4-1 
When the filling finishes, the probe will automatically aspirate CS-anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent or 
CS-alkaline detergent for rinsing. 
 
Place detergent at stipulated position to avoid cross contamination of cuvette and probe during rinsing. 
(2)Cleaning of probe tip surface 
a)Turn off the power of the Analyzer. 
b)Remove the cover of reagent disk, and move rotary arm of probe on the disk by hands, as shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 7-4-2 
c)Wipe the surface of the probe with cotton swab dipped in alcohol, as shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 7-4-3 
75
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Don't put a large amount of alcohol near the Analyzer during use providing the alcohol is inflammable. 
d)After powering-on again, the probe will automatically swing to resetting position. 
(3)Cleaning of blocked probe and serious cross contamination 
a)Turn off the power of the Analyzer. 
b)Hold the cope shell of the probe with fingers and then pick up to take it off as shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 7-4-4 
Unscrew tubing connector as shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 7-4-5 
c)Remove the probe. 
d)Connect the connector at the end of the probe unblocking tool with the that on the probe, as shown in the figure: 
Take a clean cuvette and inject sodium hypochlorite detergent; then put the probe into the detergent in the cuvette 
and pull the piston of the syringe to absorb the detergent; finally eject the detergent after 5 min. 
 
Fig. 7-4-6 
76
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
If failed to unblock the probe, soak the probe in hot water for 5 min, and pull/push the syringe piston repeatedly. 
e)After step d), if the probe still cannot discharge liquid, the blockage is very serious, then the needle shall be 
penetrated from the probe tip for cleaning again, as shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 7-4-7 
Afterwards, repeat step d) with probe unblocking needle. 
f)Ensure that the probe is properly installed and then turn on the Analyzer power switch to reset the entireunit. After the Analyzer enters the standby state, if the test is performed, the power of the Analyzer needs to 
be turned off again, and the power switch is turned on again after 10 seconds to prevent the liquid level 
detection function from malfunctioning. 
(4)Adjustment and confirmation of probe position 
a)Turn on the power source of the Analyzer. 
b)Click the "Maintain" button in the functions area. 
c)Select "horizontal check of probe" and "mixing mechanism" on the "Mechanism check" list, then click the "
" button and the " " button to move on the next action. 
d)Conduct "horizontal check of probe", and when probe stops above the cuvette, check whether the point of probe 
is at the center of cuvette, as shown in Fig. 7-4-8. If not, contact the maintenance personnel. 
Cuvette
Probe front 
 
Fig. 7-4-8 
e)Execute "mixing mechanism check", when mixing bar stops above the cuvette, check whether the point of 
mixing bar is at the center of cuvette. If not, contact the maintenance personnel. 
Overlook the position of probe and mixing bar relative to cuvette, as shown in the figure: 
77
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
R1+R2 mixing position
R1 mixing position
Re
act
ion
 
dis
k
Dispensing 
position
 
Fig. 7-4-9 
Click the " " button to end the maintenance process. 
Horizontal check process of lifting mechanism of probe: 
Probe reset→upper part of cuvette→rinsing bath (with a pause)→sample reagent disk outer 1 reagent bottle 
position (going downward)→rinsing bath above the cuvette (with a pause)→sample reagent disk position inner 2 
reagent bottle (going downward)→rinsing bath (with a pause)→repeat above steps. 
Check process of mixing mechanism: 
Mixing bar reset→above the cuvette→rinsing bath→above the cuvette→repeat the action process. 
f)Vertical check of probe 
Select "vertical check of sample probe" from "Mechanism check" on the "System maintenance" window, and click 
the " " button, the probe will descend until its point touches the bottom of standard cup. 
g)Vertical check of probe 
During the vertical check of reagent probe, take three 70mL reagent bottles and fill 5mL and 50mL normal saline 
into the 1st and 2nd bottle respectively, then place the reagent bottle with 5mL of normal saline in position outer 1 
of the sample reagent disk, select corresponding reagent volume on the window, and click the "
" button. During test, the Analyzer will remember the height as the benchmark value for 
calculating reagent left. 
 
The normal saline must be used for the vertical check of probe, if the volume of liquid is not correct, alarm 
prompt "wrong placing of reagent bottle for vertical check" will be sent. 
(5)Cleaning of rinsing bath 
78
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
a)If rinsing bath is polluted, use the tube brush or cotton swab dipped in 2% CS series anti-bacterial phosphor-free 
detergent for cleaning as shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 7-4-10 
b)Fill about 10mL of 2% CS series anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent in the rinsing bath as shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 7-4-11 
c)Fill about 100mL of water in rinsing for washing. 
After flushing, the dirt in the rinsing tank can be removed, and the bacteria can be inhibited to grow and breed. 
Generally, the cleaning process shall be conducted once every month. The dirt of the Analyzer discovered during use 
shall be cleared promptly. 
7.4.2 Reaction disk 
Polluted cuvette or incubation bath may lead to inaccurate test result. In addition, clean the cuvette regularly and 
check the cuvette blank value as it is going aging after long time of using; when warning of abnormal cuvette blank 
value is given, clean cuvette in time. 
(1)Dirt confirmation of cuvette 
a)Turn on the power source of the Analyzer. 
b)Execute cuvette blank test in "Cuvette blank and quantity of light" on the "System maintenance" window. 
c)The cuvette blank value of Cuvette 1 shall be in the range of 8000-18000, and the test value of Cuvette 2~56 shall 
be within the range of -1500～1500, which is the difference with cuvette blank value of No.1 cuvette. 
d)If the cuvette blank value is not qualified, execute the test after rinsing cuvette, if cuvette blank value still 
exceeds the standard, the cuvette shall be replaced. 
 
The cuvette blank value can be displayed and printed. But the Analyzer will not store cuvette blank value 
tested. 
79
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
(2)Rinsing of cuvette 
The difference between cuvettes out of the range of -1500～1500 may be caused by polluted cuvette, and in this 
condition the cuvette shall be rinsed. However, if cuvette cannot meet the demands after rinsing, it shall be replaced 
in time. 
a)Rinse cuvette through selecting "Rinse" from the "System maintenance" window. 
b)After rinsing, execute cuvette blank test again. If the difference between cuvettes remains out of range 
of-1500~1500, replace them with new ones. 
 
To avoid being polluted after long time of using, soak cuvettes in 2% CS series anti-bacterial phosphor-free 
detergent for 8 hours every month, then wash the residual detergent on cuvette surface with clean water, and 
wash the water with pure water . After the outer surface of the cuvettes is dry, install them on the reaction 
disk. Test can only be executed until cuvette blank is checked to be qualified. 
(3)Clean outer wall of cuvette 
It is recommended to clean the outer wall of the cuvettes with lens paper once a week. Care should be taken not to 
leave scratches on the outer wall of the cuvettes during cleaning. 
(4)Replace cuvette 
Please replace with new cuvette if cuvette blank value is unqualified after rinsing. 
 
New cuvette shall be soaked in 2% CS series anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent for over 8 hours before 
using, and installed on reaction disk after rinsing, and the test can only be executed until cuvette blank is 
checked to be qualified. 
a)Turn off the power of the Analyzer. 
b)Wear the protective gloves, take down the rinsing tip, then hold the reaction disk cover handle and lift it up 
forcibly (do not shake it to left and right in a large range in case of damaging the pin), next take down the reaction 
disk cover and put it at a clean place as shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 7-4-12 
c)Remove the fixing screw as shown in the figure: 
80
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 7-4-13 
d)Remove the cuvette as shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 7-4-14 
e)Remove other cuvettes, then installed the new soaked cuvettes on the reaction disk. The 8 sets of cuvettes shall be 
replaced at the same time. 
f)Turn on the power source of the Analyzer. 
g)Execute cuvette blank test in "Cuvette blank and quantity of light" on the "System Maintenance" window. 
Cuvette blank test must be executed after replacement of cuvette every time. The test can only be executed when 
cuvette blank value is qualified. 
 
● There will be contaminants on the cuvette wall if the used cuvette is exposed in the air for a long time.Thus 
the cuvette shall be immersed in the pure water. In addition, take off the cuvette to soak it in pure water if the 
Analyzer has not been used for more than 3 days in a row. If there is the emergency stop during testing, rinse 
the unrinsed cuvette with pure water to prevent the reaction solution remaining on the cuvette for a long time. 
● Do not wipe the cuvette with or soak it in organic solvents (benzenes or ethanol). 
Fixing screw 
Cuvette installation 
disk fixing screw Screw of cuvette 
installation disk 
handle 
81
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
(5)Cleaning of incubation bath, dust screen and axial fan 
As the test result may be inaccurate if the incubation batch and axial fan are seriously polluted by downy or silky dust, 
cleaning shall be executed every month. 
a)Follow the "Replace cuvette" process of the above section, remove the reaction disk cover, then loosen the fixing 
screw of cuvette installation disk, rotatethe screw of cuvette installation disk handle in anti-clockwise direction to 
a limited height, and lift and take down the cuvette installation disk and put it at a clean position. 
b)Loosen the fan fixing screw, then take out the fan fixing rack and the fan, and clear the dust in the incubation 
batch, dust screen and fan blade with brush and wet gauze as shown in the figure below: 
 
Fig. 7-4-15 
 
Prevent the water on the inner wall of the cuvette from dripping into the Analyzer. Otherwise, it may cause 
faults of the Analyzer. 
c)Wipe the metering window of incubation bath with clean and wet gauze, as shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 7-4-16 
 
Do not scratch or let sundries attached on metering window. 
d)After cleaning, reinstall the fan, dust screen, cuvette installation disk and reaction disk cover. 
e)Reinstall the rinsing head of the Analyzer on the original position and fix it. 
f)Execute cuvette blank test in "Cuvette blank and quantity of light" of the "System maintenance" window, and the 
test can only be executed when the cuvette blank value is qualified. 
 
Screw the fixed knob of reaction disk tightly when installing reaction disk to ensure a reliable installation and 
82
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
no loosening. 
(6)Cleaning of detergent bottle 
As CS-alkaline detergent is added at proper time into detergent bottle to maintain the daily usage, cleaning is 
suggested to be executed every month because dust or crystal may exist after long time of using. 
a)Turn off the Analyzer main power or perform this maintenance in standby mode. 
b)Push the detergent replacing window forward slightly and stop once hearing the sound, then the window is 
available to be opened as shown in Fig. 7-4-17: first turn on the detergent float switch, then tilt the detergent bottle 
in the direction of the arrow and take it out and open the cover of detergent bottle. Please clear the bottle when there 
is a little detergent. 
 
Fig. 7-4-17 
c)Clean the detergent bottle cover with a rag. 
d)Take down the detergent bottle, and rinse the inner/outer wall of the box with detergent, wash it with tap water, 
then clear it with pure water. 
e)Pull out the filter assembly on the top of the detergent pipeline, use a cotton swab to push part 9 out from the hole 
of installation part 6, use tap water to rinse the front and back of part 9 until there is no debris on it, and then put it 
back in the original position after rinsing. 
f)Wipe the water drips on the bottle surface with dry cloth, then fill the detergent bottle with 1LCS-alkaline 
detergent and reinstall it. 
 
The detergent tubing shall be free of right-angle bending after the detergent bottle is installed or it will cause 
blocking. 
g)Connect the float switch again, and close the detergent replacing window. 
h)Execute "Filling and flushing detergent tubing exhaust" in "Exhaust" menu on the "System maintenance" 
window. 
Detergent bottle 
Detergent float Detergent connector 
Detergent replacing 
window 
83
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
7.4.3 Light source lamp 
The precision of the Analyzer will decline as the light power will be weaker due to the aging light source lamp. Check 
quantity of light, if the check value is larger than 18000, replace halogen lamp in time. See "6.1.1 Halogen lamp 
replacement " for specific operation method. 
7.4.4 Nozzles of rinsing mechanism 
Unable to rinse cuvette or water overflow out of the cuvette due to the blocked nozzle of the Analyzer may lead to the 
failure of the Analyzer or inaccurate test data. 
(1)Anticlockwise screw out fixing screws on the rinsing mechanism to remove the cuvette rinsing mechanism. 
(2)Wipe the outer wall of the nozzle with swab dipped in 2% CS series anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent, as 
shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 7-4-20 
 
Do not bend the nozzle, or replace with severely polluted or worn swabbing block during operation. 
(3)Slightly rotate the swabbing block to pull it out. Install the swabbing block as shown in the figure: do not install at 
wrong direction, and the bottom of swabbing block shall be parallel to the cuvette. 
Pr
es
s
Cuvette
Rinse nozzle
Wiping block
 
Fig. 7-4-21 
(4)Install the rinsing mechanism on its original position. 
(5)Execute "Mechanical action check" for 10 times in "Mechanism check" of the "System maintenance" window. 
The swabbing block shall not touch the cuvette. The rinsing water shall be near to the cuvette rim and not spill out of 
the cuvette. 
7.4.5 Mixing bar 
Cross contamination caused by polluted mixing bar may affect the accuracy and precision of test result. Thus, regular 
Rinse nozzles of 
mechanism Wiping block of 
rinsing mechanism 
Fixing screw of 
rinsing mechanism 
84
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
cleaning is necessary. In addition, replace mixing bar if it is bent. 
(1)Cleaning of mixing bar 
Wipe mixing bar with gauze dipped in ethanol, then wipe out the liquid on its surface with that dipped in pure water, 
as shown in the figure: do not bend mixing bar during wiping. 
 
Fig. 7-4-22 
(2)Replacement of mixing bar, See "6.1.3 Replacement and debugging of mixing bar " for specific operation method. 
7.4.6 Cleaning refrigeration chamber 
As the refrigeration chamber may be polluted by sample, reagent or dust, cleaning shall be executed once a month. 
(1)Take out the sample disk, and wipe the part inside the refrigeration chamber with gauze: 
 
Fig. 7-4-27 
(2)Wipe the reader window of barcode reader with lens paper, as shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 7-4-28 
85
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
As laser barcode reader is adopted for the Analyzer, do not directly look at the reader window of barcode 
reader under non-shutdown status. 
7.4.7 Syringe pump 
(1)Syringe pump includes detergent syringe pump and dispensing syringe pump, and also ISE dilution syringe pump 
if it is connected with ISE device. Syringe pump can be generally used for about 1 million times, and needs to be 
replaced after the 15 months of using. Please contact consumer-service staff for replacement. 
(2)Check the syringe pump observation in front of the Analyzer and whether the dispensing syringe pump has 
bubbles, if so, conduct exhausting and maintenance according to 7.2.3, as shown in the figure: 
 
Fig. 7-4-29 
 
Use pure water to clean surface of syringe pump instead of alcohol or other organic solution. 
7.4.8 Maintenance of the Analyzer before stop 
Take the following measures to maintain the Analyzer before maintenance or treatment: 
(1)Take out all reagent bottles, and sample tubes and standard cups containing sample, calibrator and QC solution 
from the sample reagent disk. 
(2)Remove the tubing and cables connected with the pure water tank and the waste liquid tank by the method detailed 
in "7.4.11 Cleaning of tanks and filters". 
(3)Completely exhaust the liquid in the syringe pump and other tubes. 
(4)Push directly during a stable transport in short distance. 
(5)Keep the Analyzer vertical during carrying and transport process. 
(6)Avoid vibration during carrying, and check and adjust the Analyzer after carrying to make sure it is normal before 
use. 
7.4.9 Cleaning and maintenance of the Analyzer 
Clean the surface of analyzer regularly to keep it tidy. Wipe the surface with a wet and soft cloth or gauze, or those 
dipped in pure water of small amount if necessary. But don't wipe it with any organic solvent in case of damages to 
the shell. 
The operator shall pay attention to the following matters during cleaning: 
(1)Take proper disinfection measures in case of hazardous substance leaked on the surface or inside the equipment. 
(Carry out disinfection through wiping with 84 disinfectant that is diluted with the ratio of 1:200). 
Rinsing syringe 
pump 
ISE dilution 
syringe pump 
Observation window 
of syringe pump 
Sample dispensing 
syringe pump 
86
Service Manual of Auto-ChemistryAnalyzer 
 
(2)Don't use the detergent or sanitizer with possibility of danger due to chemical reaction with parts or materials in 
equipment. 
(3)In case of doubts about the compatibility between sanitizer or detergent and parts or materials in equipment, please 
consult the manufacturer or its agencies. 
7.4.10 Waste liquid treatment 
Two kinds of waste liquid will be produced during the normal operation of the Analyzer: 
(1)High-concentration waste liquid: generated during the test, and the waste liquid contains serum and various 
biochemistry reagent. 
(2)Low-concentration waste liquid: composed of pure water for rinsing the cuvette of the Analyzer, that for rinsing 
all probe mechanism, overflowing water and condensate water. 
According to the national laws and regulations, the waste liquid shall be discharged only after disinfection, and the 
waste liquid generated from the Analyzer shall be disposed as per the following principles: 
(1)High-concentration waste liquid: drain the waste liquid after mixing with "84 disinfectant" as the proportion of 1: 
50. 
(2)Low-concentration waste liquid: it can be directly discharged only if the PH concentration is in compliance with 
the Level-one standard of maximum discharging concentration. 
 
● Please handle the waste fluid of the Analyzer to prevent potential biological and chemical pollution. 
● High-concentration waste liquid cannot be discharged after mixing with low-concentration waste liquid. 
7.4.11 Cleaning of pure water tank and filter 
In case of operation duration of the Analyzer over 1 month under normal status, the pure water tank may have 
impurities which will affect the measurement accuracy and instrument stability, so the regular cleaning shall be 
conducted to the pure water tank and the filter: 
87
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 7-4-30 
(1)Take out pure water float switch from the pure water tank (No. 3 of Fig. 7-4-30), remove the inlet tube (No. 2 of 
Fig. 7-4-30) and put it at a clean position, then separate Tube 2 from Part 6, and push out the Part 6 from the mounting 
part 6 with a swab, next wash the Part 9 with tap water at its front and back faces, and finally reinstall the part. 
(2)Rinse the pure water tank with clean water at least for 3 times till there are no visible impurities on the inner wall. 
(3)Assemble the parts of the pure water tank and connect it with the Analyzer correctly. 
(4)Enter the "Exhaust" window under the "System Maintenance" interface, select "Not suck detergent", click the "
" button to carry out syringe pump exhaust to avoid bubbles in the tubing. 
7.5 Maintenance of electrolyte device 
7.5.1 Clean, check and replace parts regularly 
See the parts to be cleaned or replaced in the Table 7-5-1 (calculate as 5 using hours per day of the Analyzer): 
(○: Clean and check regularly ●: Replace parts regularly) 
Table 7-5-1 
No. Items 
Periodic 
Reference 
Daily Appropriate time Weekly Monthly 
Every 2 
months 
Every 3 
months 
Every 6 
months 
1 Syringe pump (diluent, sample) ● 7.4.11 
2 Rinsing of the matching cuvette ○ 7.5.2 
3 Rinsing of reagent tubing ○ 7.5.3 
1 
2 
1 
3 
4 
5 
88
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
No. Items 
Periodic 
Reference 
Daily Appropriate time Weekly Monthly 
Every 2 
months 
Every 3 
months 
Every 6 
months 
4 Na electrode ● 7.5.4 
5 K electrode ● 7.5.4 
6 CI electrode ● 7.5.4 
7 Reference electrode ● 7.5.4 
8 Tube for pinch valve ● 7.5.5 
9 Rinse flow cell ○ 7.5.6 
7.5.2 Rinsing of ISE matching cuvette 
After electrolyte test, matching cuvette may be polluted by protein, fat or bacteria. The cup shall be rinsed after a 
certain time of testing to ensure normal usage. 
(1)Place a standard cup of CS-ISE Detergent at position 01 (outer circle position 01) of the sample reagent 
disk. 
(2)After testing every week, execute and select "Rinse ISE matching cuvette" from the "ISE" window of "System 
maintenance". 
7.5.3 Rinsing of ISE reagent tubing 
ISE tubing may be polluted after long time of using, which may further lead to inaccurate data. Rinse once a month as 
the steps below. 
(1)The implementation of rinsing ISE reagent tubing 
a)Dilute CS-ISE detergent with pure water to 20 times, and take 200mL of the solution into an open vessel for 
backup. 
b)Take out the reagent suck of reference solution, diluent and standard solution from reagent bottle, and plug them 
into container with diluted detergent, then execute "Rinse all ISE tubing" for 3 times in the "ISE" window of 
"System maintenance". 
c)After rinsing, take out the reagent sucking tube of reference solution, diluent and standard solution from 
detergent container, and wash the CS-ISE detergent attached on the suckers with pure water, then wipe them with 
gauze, and finally put back the reagent bottles with reference solution, diluent and standard solution. 
d)Execute "Rinse all ISE tubing" three times in the "ISE" window of "System maintenance". 
e)Execute ISE calibration after rinsing all tubing. 
(2)The implementation of ISE check 
Execute "ISE check" for 30 times in "ISE" window of "System maintenance". The check result will be displayed. 
 
The result difference of successive 2 checks of the same electrode shall be no more than 0.2mV. 
7.5.4 Rinse flow cell 
(1)Place a standard cup with fresh CS-ISE detergent at position outer 1 of the sample reagent disk. 
(2)After testing every week, execute and select "Rinse ISE flow cell" from "ISE" window in "System maintenance". 
7.5.5 Maintenance of Cl electrode 
(1)To remove the Cl electrode to be maintained. 
89
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
(2)Lay down the sanding paper on the table (as shown in the figure below), and drip 3-5 drops of pure water on the 
sanding paper; remove the electrode seal ring at the front of electrode, and hold the electrode head with hands to make 
the head perpendicular to sanding paper with its surface touching the paper. Draw "8" with electrode to polish the 
electrode head for 5-10 times in the area dripped with pure water until the electrode head is glossy. 
 
Fig. 7-5-1 
 
● Electrode head shall be perpendicular to the sanding paper during polishing. 
● Do not press electrode head hard, the head shall only slightly touch the sanding paper during polishing. 
(3)Slightly wipe the electrode head with cotton swab dipped in pure water to wipe residual matters and dry the 
electrode. 
(4)Drip a little drop of silicone mixture at the surface of electrode head, and evenly smear the mixture on the surface, 
then wipe out residual silicone with dry cotton swab until only a slim layer left on the surface. 
(5)It can be used after electrode is reinstalled. 
 
● Maintain Cl electrode every month. 
● If the seal ring cannot be well installed on the electrode head after several maintenance times of Cl electrode, 
replace with new electrode in time. 
7.5.6 Rinsing of ISE waste liquid part 
If crystal attaches on ISE waste liquid part, it may lead to inaccurate test result due to the generation of poor insulation 
performance, thus cleaning is suggested to be executed once a week. 
(1)Rinsing bottle with pure water will wash the crystal and pollutant from the interface of waste liquid part to the 
waste liquid container. Then wash the internal of waste liquid container with pure water, as shown in the figure: 
90
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
 
Fig. 7-5-2 
(2)Wipe with gauze dipped in pure water to prevent residual conductive component on waste liquid interface and the 
outer side of waste liquid water container. 
 
Noise interference may be caused by the touch of waste liquid hose during testing. 
7.6 Scrapped analyzer 
Do not abandon the Analyzer randomly after its service life but inform of the manufacturer for recycle. 
 
 
91
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Chapter 8 Fault analysis 
8.1 Causes and analysisof faults with alarm code 
8.1.1 Main control module 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
1-1-1 Incubation bath pre-heating timeout 
Temperature in incubation bath does not reach constant 37°C in 
regulated time during resetting. 
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and AC 
control board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of AC control board flickers; 
(3) Check if the wiring of temperature sensor of incubation bath of AC 
control board is normal; 
(4) Check if the wiring of heating device of incubation bath of AC control 
board is normal; 
(5) Check other alarms of the AC control board 
1-1-2 Abnormal can bus of reaction disk can heartbeat response timeout of reaction disk control board and abnormal can bus 
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and reaction 
disk control board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board 
flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board 
1-1-3 Abnormal can bus of probe can heartbeat response timeout of probe control board and abnormal can bus 
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and probe 
control board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
1-1-4 Abnormal can bus of AC board can heartbeat response timeout of AC control board and abnormal can bus 
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and AC 
control board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of AC control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the AC control board 
1-1-6 Data receiving of data collection board timeout 
Data has not been received from data collection board in 20 
seconds during test 
(1) Check if the serial port cable connection of main control board and data 
collection board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of data collection board flickers; 
1-1-7 Sample dispensing of probe timeout 
The Finish command is not replied in regulated time after probe 
dispenses sample. 
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and probe 
control board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
1-1-8 R1 dispensing of probe timeout The Finish command is not replied in regulated time after probe dispenses R1. 
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and probe 
control board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
92
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
1-1-9 R2 dispensing of probe timeout The Finish command is not replied in regulated time after probe dispenses R2. 
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and probe 
control board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
1-1-10 ISE dispensing of probe timeout The Finish command is not replied in regulated time after probe dispenses ISE. 
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and probe 
control board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
1-1-13 Abnormal communication of data collection board No response of data collection board during resetting 
(1) Check if the serial port cable connection of main control board and data 
collection board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of data collection board flickers; 
1-1-15 Communication and data collection timeout 
Communication and data collection is not finished in regulated 
time 
(1) Check if the serial port cable of main control board and data collection 
board is normal; 
(2) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and reaction disk control 
board is normal; 
(3) Check if the operation indicator lamp of data collection board flickers; 
(4) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board 
flickers; 
(5) Check other alarms 
1-1-16 Probe maintenance action: vertical inspection of reaction disk timeout 
Execute probe maintenance action: no maintenance completion 
command received when it comes to vertical inspection of 
reaction disk 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board 
is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
1-1-17 Probe maintenance action: vertical inspection of reagent disk timeout 
Execute probe maintenance action: no maintenance completion 
command received when it comes to vertical inspection of 
reagent disk 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board 
is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
1-1-18 Maintenance action: horizontal inspection of probe timeout 
Execute probe maintenance action: no maintenance completion 
command received when it comes to horizontal inspection of 
probe 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board 
is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
1-1-19 Maintenance action: syringe pump air exhausting timeout 
No maintenance completion command received when executing 
air exhausting action of syringe pump 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board 
is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
1-1-20 Maintenance action: rinsing mechanism inspection timeout 
No maintenance completion command received when executing 
inspection action of rinsing mechanism 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and reaction disk control 
board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board 
flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board 
93
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
1-1-21 Maintenance action: mixing mechanism inspection timeout 
No maintenance completion command received when executing 
inspection action of rinsing mechanism 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and reaction disk control 
board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board 
flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board 
1-1-22 Residual reagent volume scanning timeout under standby mode 
Residual reagent volume scanning not finished in regulated time 
under standby mode 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board 
is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
1-1-23 Bar code scanning timeout under standby mode 
Bar code scanning not finished in regulated time under standby 
mode 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board 
is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
1-1-24 Maintenance action: water drainage timeout 
Execute maintenance action: no maintenance completion 
command received in regulated time during water drainage of 
machine 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board 
is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
1-1-25 Maintenance action: bar code position inspection timeout 
Executemaintenance action: no maintenance completion 
command received in regulated time during bar code position 
inspection 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board 
is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
1-1-26 Maintenance action: ISE inspection timeout 
Execute maintenance action: no maintenance completion 
command received in regulated time during ISE inspection 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and ISE control board is 
normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of ISE control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the ISE control board 
1-1-27 Maintenance action: ISE internal standard tubing rinsing timeout 
Execute maintenance action: no maintenance completion 
command received in regulated time during ISE internal 
standard tubing rinsing 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and ISE control board is 
normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of ISE control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the ISE control board 
1-1-28 Maintenance action: ISE reference tubing rinsing timeout 
Execute maintenance action: no maintenance completion 
command received in regulated time during ISE reference 
tubing rinsing 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and ISE control board is 
normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of ISE control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the ISE control board 
1-1-29 Maintenance action: ISE dilution tubing rinsing timeout 
Execute maintenance action: no maintenance completion 
command received in regulated time during ISE dilution tubing 
rinsing 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and ISE control board is 
normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of ISE control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the ISE control board 
1-1-30 Maintenance action: ISE all tubing rinsing timeout 
Execute maintenance action: no maintenance completion 
command received in regulated time during ISE all tubing 
rinsing 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and ISE control board is 
normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of ISE control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the ISE control board 
94
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
1-1-31 Maintenance action: ISE dilution pump air exhausting timeout 
Execute maintenance action: no maintenance completion 
command received in regulated time during ISE dilution pump 
air exhausting 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and ISE control board is 
normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of ISE control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the ISE control board 
1-1-32 Maintenance action: ISE flow cell rinsing timeout 
Execute maintenance action: no maintenance completion 
command received in regulated time during ISE flow cell 
rinsing 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and ISE control board is 
normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of ISE control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the ISE control board 
1-1-33 Maintenance action: ISE proportioning cup rinsing timeout 
Execute maintenance action: no maintenance completion 
command received in regulated time during ISE proportioning 
cup rinsing 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and ISE control board is 
normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of ISE control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the ISE control board 
1-1-34 Sample skip Skip all tests of the sample if the sample volume is insufficient. 
(1) Check the residual sample volume 
(2) Check if the liquid level detection board works normally 
(3) Check if the sample is put at a wrong place 
1-1-35 R1 reagent skip Skip all tests with this reagent if the R1 reagent volume is insufficient. 
(1) Check the residual reagent volume 
(2) Check if the liquid level detection board works normally 
(3) Check if the reagent is put at a wrong place 
1-1-36 R2 reagent skip Skip all tests with this reagent if the R2 reagent volume is insufficient. 
(1) Check the residual reagent volume 
(2) Check if the liquid level detection board works normally 
(3) Check if the reagent is put at a wrong place 
1-1-37 Cuvettes stained continuously 5 continuously stained cuvettes in test 
(1) Check if the cuvette is cleaned 
(2) Check if the rinsing mechanism works normally 
(3) Check if the voltage of light source is lower than the threshold value 
(4) Check if the light source is blocked 
(5) Check other alarms 
1-1-38 Cuvettes stained Cuvette blank value exceeds the set upper and lower limit in test 
(1) Check if the cuvette is cleaned 
(2) Check if the rinsing mechanism works normally 
(3) Check if the voltage of light source is lower than the threshold value 
(4) Check if the light source is blocked 
(5) Check other alarms 
1-1-39 Reaction disk control board resetting failed 
Reaction disk resetting failed when executing resetting action of 
the machine (1) Check the alarms of reaction disk 
1-1-40 Probe control board resetting failed Probe resetting failed when executing resetting action of the machine (1) Check the alarms of probe 
1-1-41 AC control board resetting failed AC control board resetting failed when executing resetting action of the machine (1) Check AC alarms 
1-1-42 ISE control board resetting failed ISE resetting failed when executing resetting action of the machine (1) Check ISE alarms 
1-1-43 Little white block rinsing failed Little white block rinsing failed after executing resetting action of the machine (1) Check the alarms of reaction disk 
95
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
1-1-44 Reagent is used up Residual reagent volume in R1 or R2 bottle is less than minimum residual volume 
(1) Check the residual reagent volume 
(2) Check if the liquid level detection board works normally 
(3) Check if the reagent is put at a wrong place 
1-1-45 
Waiting for sample dispensing 
timeout under sample dispensing 
suspension state 
Under the sample dispensing suspension state, sample 
dispensing is not continued in regulated time 
(1) Check if it is to click to continue sample dispensing 
(2) Check if it is to click to determine or cancel disk change 
1-1-46 Basic value gaining failed The cuvette blank of the cuvette for first test exceeds the range 8000-18000 
(1) Check if the serial port cable connection of main control board and data 
collection board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of data collection board flickers; 
(3) Check if the light source is turned on 
1-1-47 Probe detects bubbles Membrane or bubbles are found at bottle mouth when the probe aspirates sample or reagent 
(1) Check if there are membranes or air bubbles at the mouth of test tube or 
reagent bottle 
(2) Check if the probe control board works normally 
(3) Check if the liquid level detection board works normally 
1-1-48 Liquid surface detection failure. The probe fails to descend more. 
The probe fails to descend more as the liquid detection signal is 
disturbed above the bottle mouth when the probe aspirates 
sample or reagent 
(1) Check if the probe control board works normally 
(2) Check if the liquid level detection board works normally 
1-1-49 Maintenance action: water quality inspection timeout 
Execute maintenance action: no maintenance completion 
command received in regulated time during ISE all tubing 
rinsing 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board 
is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
1-1-50 Maintenance action: vertical inspection of probe timeout 
Execute probe maintenance action: no maintenance completion 
command received when it comes to verticalinspection of probe 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board 
is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
1-1-51 Reaction disk triggering sequence error Reaction disk received is not the first one triggered 10 start 
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and reaction 
disk control board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board 
flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board 
1-1-52 Reaction disk triggering sequence error Reaction disk received is not the first one triggered 10 stop 
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and reaction 
disk control board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board 
flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board 
1-1-53 Reaction disk triggering sequence error Reaction disk received is not the one triggered 30 start 
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and reaction 
disk control board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board 
flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board 
96
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
1-1-54 Reaction disk triggering sequence error Reaction disk received is not the one triggered 30 stop 
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and reaction 
disk control board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board 
flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board 
1-1-55 Reaction disk triggering sequence error Reaction disk received is not the second one triggered 10 start 
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and reaction 
disk control board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board 
flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board 
1-1-56 Reaction disk triggering sequence error Reaction disk received is not the second one triggered 10 start 
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and reaction 
disk control board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board 
flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board 
1-1-57 Reaction disk triggering sequence error Reaction disk received is not the one triggered 35 start 
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and reaction 
disk control board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board 
flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board 
1-1-58 Reaction disk triggering sequence error Reaction disk received is not the one triggered 35 stop 
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and reaction 
disk control board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board 
flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board 
1-1-59 Abnormal disconnection of test software 
Abnormal disconnection of network occurs when the test 
software does not click to disconnect the network 
(1) Check if network connection is normal; 
(2) Check if network operation is normal; 
1-1-60 Water quality check failed Abnormal structure in water quality check 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board 
is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
1-1-61 Reagent/ sample disk resetting failed Reagent/ sample disk resetting failed during testing 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board 
is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
1-1-62 Reagent/ sample disk zeroing failed Reagent/ sample disk zeroing failed after the completion of test 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board 
is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
97
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
1-1-63 Instrument status reading timeout Instrument status not returned in specified time when reading the instrument status 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board 
is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
1-1-64 Residual reagent volume scanning failed during testing Faults found in residual reagent volume scanning during the test 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board 
is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
1-1-65 Residual reagent volume scanning timeout during testing 
Scanning not completed in specified time in residual reagent 
volume scanning during the test 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board 
is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
1-1-66 Test adding abnormality when reaction disk is to stop 
When the test is to be completed and test is to be added when the 
reaction disk is to stop, the instrument does not process and has 
alarm prompt. 
 
1-1-67 Probe control board resetting timeout 
Reply of probe control board not received in regulated time 
during resetting 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board 
is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
1-1-68 Reaction disk control board resetting timeout 
Reply of reaction disk control board not received in regulated 
time during resetting 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and reaction disk control 
board is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board 
flickers; 
1-1-69 AC control board resetting timeout Reply of reaction disk control board not received in regulated time during resetting 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and AC control board is 
normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of AC control board flickers; 
1-1-70 ISE control board resetting timeout Reply of ISE control board not received in regulated time during resetting 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and ISE control board is 
normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of ISE control board flickers; 
1-1-71 Little white block rinsing timeout Reply of little white block rinsing completion not received in regulated time during resetting 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board 
is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
1-1-72 Probe rinsing timeout Probe rinsing completion command not received in regulated time when executing the probe rinsing action 
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board 
is normal; 
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers; 
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board 
 
 
98
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
8.1.2 Reaction disk unit module 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
4-11-1 Process fault 
When an action is executed, the alarm is triggered when it 
exceeds the preset time. For example, if the time set for the 
startup of mixing mechanism is 1s, the alarm will be triggeredif 
the program is modified to change the time for startup to 2s. 
(1) Feed it back to the engineer 
4-11-2 
Abnormal water dispensing of 
rinsing probe of rinsing 
mechanism 
The probe detects the water volume of rinsing probe in cuvette. 
When the deviation of water volume in No. 1, No. 3 and No. 5 
cuvettes is not within the allowable range, this alarm is 
triggered. 
(1) Check if there is water in water tank; 
(2) Check if the rinsing probe is blocked; 
(3) Check if solenoid valve V9 V6 V5 V4 have crystallization and 
blockage; 
(4) Check if the tubing has leakage and if the constant-temperature 
degassing tank has air leakage. 
4-11-3 
Abnormal water aspirating of 
rinsing probe of rinsing 
mechanism 
The probe detects the residual water volume in cuvette after 
water aspirating of the probe. When the residual water volume 
in No. 1, No. 3, No. 5 and No. 7 cuvettes is greater than the set 
value, this alarm is triggered. 
(1) Check if the rinsing probe is blocked; 
(2) Check if solenoid valve V10 has crystallization and blockage; 
(3) Check if the tubing has leakage 
4-21-1 Sample probe unlocking reaction disk timeout 
In the dispensing process of probe, the command to lock the 
reaction disk is transmitted through the CAN bus before 
descending is executed at the reaction disk side. The lock of the 
reaction disk is released after the completion of ascending and 
zeroing. This alarm is triggered if it is detected the reaction disk 
is still locked before the reaction disk rotates. 
(1) Check other alarm codes if it is caused by human factors; 
(2) Feed it back to engineer if it is caused by non-human factors. 
4-21-2 Reagent probe R1 unlocking reaction disk timeout 
In the dispensing process of probe, the command to lock the 
reaction disk is transmitted through the CAN bus before 
descending is executed at the reaction disk side. The lock of the 
reaction disk is released after the completion of ascending and 
zeroing. This alarm is triggered if it is detected the reaction disk 
is still locked before the reaction disk rotates. 
(1) Check other alarm codes if it is caused by human factors; 
(2) Feed it back to engineer if it is caused by non-human factors. 
4-21-3 Reagent probe R2 unlocking reaction disk timeout 
In the dispensing process of probe, the command to lock the 
reaction disk is transmitted through the CAN bus before 
descending is executed at the reaction disk side. The lock of the 
reaction disk is released after the completion of ascending and 
zeroing. This alarm is triggered if it is detected the reaction disk 
is still locked before the reaction disk rotates. 
(1) Check other alarm codes if it is caused by human factors; 
(2) Feed it back to engineer if it is caused by non-human factors. 
4-21-4 Mixing mechanism waiting stop of reaction disk mechanism timeout 
When the reaction disk mechanism stops rotating, it will trigger 
descending of the mixing mechanism. If the trigger time 
exceeds the preset allowable range, this alarm is triggered. 
(1) Feed it back to the engineer 
4-21-5 
Rinsing or mixing mechanism 
reaction disk is not at the highest 
position when the reaction disk is 
to rotate. 
The reaction disk is locked when the mixing mechanism mixes 
in the cuvette. This alarm is triggered when it is detected the 
lock of reaction disk mechanism is not released by the mixing 
mechanism when the reaction disk mechanism rotates. 
(1) Check relevant alarms of the mixing mechanism; 
(2) Check relevant alarms of the rinsing mechanism; 
99
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
4-101-1 
Driver configuration failure of 
mixing mechanism swinging 
motor. 
After the motor driver chip is welded, the alarm will be triggered 
if control chip AC256 and motor driver chip 30521 have 
communication fault. 
(1) Replace the reaction disk control board. 
4-101-2 Driver configuration failure of mixing mechanism lifting motor. 
After the motor driver chip is welded, the alarm will be triggered 
if control chip AC256 and motor driver chip 30521 have 
communication fault. 
(1) Replace the reaction disk control board. 
4-101-3 Driver configuration failure of rinsing mechanism motor. 
After the motor driver chip is welded, the alarm will be triggered 
if control chip AC256 and motor driver chip 30521 have 
communication fault. 
(1) Replace the reaction disk control board. 
4-101-4 
Driver configuration failure of 
reaction disk mechanism lifting 
motor. 
After the motor driver chip is welded, the alarm will be triggered 
if control chip AC256 and motor driver chip 30521 have 
communication fault. 
(1) Replace the reaction disk control board. 
4-102-1 Mixing mechanism swinging motor has short circuit. Mixing mechanism swinging motor has short circuit. (1) Replace the reaction disk control board. 
4-102-2 Mixing mechanism lifting motor has short circuit. Mixing mechanism lifting motor has short circuit. (1) Replace the reaction disk control board. 
4-102-3 Rinsing mechanism motor has short circuit. Rinsing mechanism motor has short circuit. (1) Replace the reaction disk control board. 
4-102-4 Reaction disk mechanism lifting motor has short circuit. Reaction disk mechanism lifting motor has short circuit. (1) Replace the reaction disk control board. 
4-103-1 Mixing mechanism swinging motor has open circuit. Mixing mechanism swinging motor has open circuit. 
(1) Check the circuit. 
(2) Replace the probe control board. 
4-103-2 Mixing mechanism lifting motor has open circuit. Mixing mechanism lifting motor has open circuit. 
(1) Check the circuit. 
(2) Replace the probe control board. 
4-103-3 Rinsing mechanism motor has open circuit. Rinsing mechanism motor has open circuit. 
(1) Check the circuit. 
(2) Replace the probe control board. 
4-103-4 Reaction disk mechanism lifting motor has open circuit. Reaction disk mechanism lifting motor has open circuit. 
(1) Check the circuit. 
(2) Replace the probe control board. 
4-103-5 Mixing motor has open circuit or faults. 
Control board has open circuit inside and mixing motor has 
open circuit. 
 Back output low level signal triggers the alarm. 
(1) Check the cable; 
(2) Check the mixing motor; 
(3) Replace the probe control board. 
4-104-1 
Swinging and zeroing of mixing 
mechanism fail to reach the zero 
point. 
After the mixing mechanism finishes the swinging and zeroing 
action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of zeroing 
optocoupler is different from the preset status. 
(1) Check if the mixing and swinging optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the mixing and swinging optocoupler signal is disturbed. 
4-104-2 
Lifting and zeroing of mixing 
mechanism fail to reach the zero 
point. 
After the mixing mechanism finishes the lifting and zeroing 
action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of zeroing 
optocoupler is different from the preset status. 
(1) Check if the mixing and lifting optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the mixing and lifting optocoupler signal is disturbed. 
4-104-3 Lifting and zeroing of rinsing pump fail to reach the zero point. 
After the rinsing mechanism finishes the lifting and zeroing 
action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of zeroing 
optocoupler is different from the preset status. 
(1) Check if the rinsing mechanism lifting optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the rinsing mechanism lifting optocoupler signal is 
disturbed. 
100
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
4-104-4 Zeroing of reaction disk fails to reach the zero point. 
After the reaction disk mechanism finishes the zeroing action, 
the alarm is triggered when the level status of zeroing 
optocoupler is different from the preset status. 
(1) Check if thereaction disk zeroing optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the optocoupler signal is disturbed. 
4-105-1 
Swinging and positioning of 
mixing mechanism fail to reach the 
preset position. 
After the mixing mechanism finishes the swinging and 
positioning action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of 
positioning optocoupler is different from the preset status. 
(1) Check if the mixing and swinging optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the mixing and swinging optocoupler signal is disturbed. 
4-105-4 Positioning of reaction disk fails to reach the preset position. 
After the reaction disk mechanism finishes the rotating and 
positioning action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of 
positioning optocoupler is different from the preset status. 
(1) Check if the reaction disk zeroing optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the optocoupler signal is disturbed. 
4-106-1 
Abnormal initial position of 
swinging and positioning of 
mixing mechanism. 
Before the mixing mechanism is started to have swinging and 
positioning action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of 
positioning optocoupler is different from the preset status. 
(1) Check if the mixing and swinging optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the swinging optocoupler signal is disturbed. 
4-106-4 Abnormal initial position of positioning of reaction disk. 
Before the reaction disk mechanism is started to have rotating 
and positioning action, the alarm is triggered when the level 
status of positioning optocoupler is different from the preset 
status. 
(1) Check if the reaction disk positioning optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the optocoupler signal is disturbed. 
4-107-1 Swinging and zeroing failure of mixing mechanism. 
When the mixing mechanism is started up to have swinging and 
zeroing action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of 
zeroing optocoupler is different from the preset status in a 
specified time. 
(1) Check if the mixing and swinging optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the mixing and swinging motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
4-107-2 Lifting and zeroing failure of mixing mechanism. 
When the mixing mechanism is started up to have lifting and 
zeroing action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of 
zeroing optocoupler is different from the preset status in a 
specified time. 
(1) Check if the mixing and lifting optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the mixing and lifting motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
4-107-3 Lifting and zeroing failure of rinsing mechanism. 
When the rinsing mechanism is started up to have lifting and 
zeroing action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of 
zeroing optocoupler is different from the preset status in a 
specified time. 
(1) Check if the rinsing mechanism lifting optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the rinsing mechanism lifting motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
4-107-4 Zeroing failure of reaction disk mechanism 
When the reaction disk is started up to have zeroing action, the 
alarm is triggered when the level status of zeroing optocoupler is 
different from the preset status in a specified time. 
(1) Check if the reaction disk mechanism optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the reaction disk mechanism motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
4-108-1 Swinging of mixing mechanism fails to leave the zero point. 
The fault of mixing mechanism swinging and zeroing 
optocoupler leads to that the control board misjudges it is at the 
zero position. The alarm is triggered when the zeroing 
optocoupler level status does not change after a certain steps of 
swinging. 
(1) Check if the mixing and swinging optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the mixing and swinging motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
4-108-2 Lifting of mixing mechanism fails to leave the zero point. 
The fault of mixing mechanism lifting and zeroing optocoupler 
leads to that the control board misjudges it is at the zero 
position. The alarm is triggered when the zeroing optocoupler 
level status does not change after a certain steps of descending. 
(1) Check if the mixing and lifting optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the mixing and lifting motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
101
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
4-108-3 Rinsing mechanism fails to leave the zero point. 
The fault of rinsing mechanism lifting and zeroing optocoupler 
leads to that the control board misjudges it is at the zero 
position. The alarm is triggered when the zeroing optocoupler 
level status does not change after a certain steps of descending. 
(1) Check if the rinsing mechanism lifting optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the rinsing mechanism lifting motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
4-108-4 Reaction disk mechanism fails to leave the zero point. 
The fault of reaction disk mechanism zeroing optocoupler leads 
to that the control board misjudges it is at the zero position. The 
alarm is triggered when the zeroing optocoupler level status 
does not change after a certain steps of rotating. 
(1) Check if the reaction disk mechanism optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the reaction disk mechanism motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
4-109-1 Swinging and positioning failure of mixing mechanism. 
When the mixing mechanism has swinging and positioning 
action, the alarm is triggered when the level signal change times 
of positioning optocoupler is not equal to the preset times in a 
specified time. 
(1) Check if the mixing and swinging optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the mixing and swinging motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
4-109-4 Positioning failure of reaction disk 
When the reaction disk mechanism has rotating and positioning 
action, the alarm is triggered when the level signal change times 
of positioning optocoupler is not equal to the preset times in a 
specified time. 
(1) Check if the reaction disk mechanism optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the reaction disk mechanism motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
4-110-1 Fixed-angle swinging failure of mixing mechanism. 
The alarm is triggered in case of insufficient setting time of 
known actions. (1) Feed it back to the engineer 
4-110-2 
Fixed-distance lifting or 
descending failure of mixing 
mechanism. 
The alarm is triggered in case of insufficient setting time of 
known actions. (1) Feed it back to the engineer 
4-110-3 
Fixed-distance lifting or 
descending failure of rinsing 
mechanism. 
The alarm is triggered in case of insufficient setting time of 
known actions. (1) Feed it back to the engineer 
4-110-4 Fixed-angle rotation failure of reaction disk mechanism 
The alarm is triggered in case of insufficient setting time of 
known actions. (1) Feed it back to the engineer 
4-111-1 Swinging andcoded disc scanning failure of mixing mechanism. 
When the mixing mechanism swings to scan the coded disc, the 
alarm will be triggered if it fails to swing and the scanned 
number of slots (optocoupler level change times) does not reach 
the preset number in specified time. 
(1) Check if the swinging optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the swinging motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
(5) Check if the coded disc is normal. 
4-111-4 Coded disc scanning failure of reaction disk mechanism 
When the reaction disk mechanism swings to scan the coded 
disc, the alarm will be triggered if the positioning optocoupler is 
pulled out and the scanned number of slots (optocoupler level 
change times) does not reach the preset number in specified 
time. 
(1) Check if the optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
(5) Check if the coded disc is normal. 
4-113-1 
Abnormal swinging and 
positioning verification of mixing 
mechanism. 
The alarm is triggered when the steps for hindering the mixing 
and swinging mechanism to a specific position increase and the 
difference between it and the scanned steps of the slots is 
beyond the limited range. 
(1) Check if the mixing and swinging optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the mixing and swinging motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
(5) Check if the coded disc is normal. 
(6) Check if the mechanism arm and motor are loose. 
102
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
4-114-1 Abnormal swinging and coded disc verification of mixing mechanism. 
The alarm is triggered if the deviation between the scanned 
coded disc information due to optocoupler fault or coded disc 
abnormality and the theoretical coded disc information is 
beyond the allowable range. 
(1) Check if the optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
(5) Check if the coded disc is normal. 
4-114-4 Abnormal coded disc verification of reaction disk mechanism. 
The alarm is triggered if the deviation between the scanned 
coded disc information due to optocoupler fault or coded disc 
abnormality and the theoretical coded disc information is 
beyond the allowable range. 
(1) Check if the positioning optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
(5) Check if the coded disc is normal. 
(6) Check if the mechanism motor is loose. 
4-115-1 
Abnormal swinging and 
positioning information 
calculation of mixing mechanism. 
The alarm is triggered if the mixing mechanism swinging and 
positioning information are wrongly set. (1) Feed it back to the engineer 
4-116-1 Probe does not swing at the highest point during swinging. 
Before the mixing mechanism is started up to have swinging 
action, the control board will judge if it is at the highest point 
according to the level status of the lifting optocoupler of the 
mechanism. If the probe is not at the highest position, the alarm 
is triggered. 
(1) Check the harness connection; 
4-118-2 Abnormal lifting and zeroing verification of mixing mechanism. 
Taking the highest point of the mixing mechanism as the zero 
point, the coordinates will decrease automatically if it moves 
downwards and increase automatically if it moves upwards. 
When the mechanism moves from the zero point and then 
returns to the zero points, the coordinates are checked and if 
they are found beyond the allowable range, the alarm will be 
triggered. 
(1) Check other alarm information; 
4-118-3 Abnormal lifting and zeroing verification of rinsing mechanism. 
Taking the highest point of the rinsing mechanism as the zero 
point, the coordinates will decrease automatically if it moves 
downwards and increase automatically if it moves upwards. 
When the mechanism moves from the zero point and then 
returns to the zero points, the coordinates are checked and if 
they are found beyond the allowable range, the alarm will be 
triggered. 
(1) Check other alarm information; 
4-119-4 
Rinsing mechanism is not at the 
highest point and reaction disk 
mechanism does not rotate. 
When the reaction disk mechanism is started up to have rotating 
action, the alarm is triggered if it is found not at the highest point 
according to the level status of the rinsing mechanism zeroing 
optocoupler. 
(1) Check the harness connection; 
4-120-4 Positioning optocoupler failure of reaction disk. 
In the resetting process, the level status of reaction disk 
positioning optocoupler will change. If it does not change, the 
alarm is triggered. 
(1) Check if the circuit connection of reaction disk positioning 
optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the positioning optocoupler is normal; 
103
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
4-121-4 
Positioning optocoupler is not at 
the present position after zeroing of 
reaction disk. 
After the reaction disk finishes the zeroing action, the alarm is 
triggered when the level status of positioning optocoupler is 
different from the preset status. 
(1) Check if the circuit connection of reaction disk positioning 
optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the positioning optocoupler is normal; 
4-131-7 Fault of V7 at rinsing bath of mixing mechanism 
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver 
chip has fault 
 and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is triggered. 
(1) Replace the circuit board. 
4-131-6 Fault of needle valve V6 of rinsing mechanism 1 
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver 
chip has fault 
 and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is triggered. 
(1) Replace the circuit board. 
4-131-5 Fault of needle valve V5 of rinsing mechanism 2 
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver 
chip has fault 
 and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is triggered. 
(1) Replace the circuit board. 
4-131-4 Fault of needle valve V4 of rinsing mechanism 3 
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver 
chip has fault 
 and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is triggered. 
(1) Replace the circuit board. 
4-131-10 Fault of vacuum valve V10 
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver 
chip has fault 
 and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is triggered. 
(1) Replace the circuit board. 
4-131-9 Fault of detergent valve V9 
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver 
chip has fault 
 and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is triggered. 
(1) Replace the circuit board. 
4-132-7 Open circuit of V7 at rinsing bath of mixing mechanism 
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver 
chip has fault 
 and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is triggered. 
(1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding. 
4-132-6 Open circuit of needle valve V6 of rinsing mechanism 1 
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver 
chip has fault 
 and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is triggered. 
(1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding. 
4-132-5 Open circuit of needle valve V5 of rinsing mechanism 2 
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver 
chip has fault 
 andit is fed back to the control board, the alarm is triggered. 
(1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding. 
4-132-4 Open circuit of needle valve V4 of rinsing mechanism 3 
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver 
chip has fault 
 and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is triggered. 
(1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding. 
4-132-10 Open circuit of vacuum valve V10 
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver 
chip has fault 
 and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is triggered. 
(1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding. 
4-132-9 Open circuit of detergent valve V9 
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver 
chip has fault 
 and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is triggered. 
(1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding. 
4-134-7 
Driver configuration failure of V7 
at rinsing bath of mixing 
mechanism 
Abnormal communication in SPI between AC256 and 
NCV7708 
(1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding. 
104
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
4-134-6 
Driver configuration failure of 
needle valve V6 of rinsing 
mechanism 1 
Abnormal communication in SPI between AC256 and 
NCV7708 
(1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding. 
4-134-5 
Driver configuration failure of 
needle valve V5 of rinsing 
mechanism 2 
Abnormal communication in SPI between AC256 and 
NCV7708 
(1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding. 
4-134-4 
Driver configuration failure of 
needle valve V4 of rinsing 
mechanism 3 
Abnormal communication in SPI between AC256 and 
NCV7708 
(1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding. 
4-134-10 Driver configuration failure of vacuum valve V10 
Abnormal communication in SPI between AC256 and 
NCV7708 
(1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding. 
4-134-9 Driver configuration failure of detergent valve V9 
Abnormal communication in SPI between AC256 and 
NCV7708 
(1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding. 
4-22-2 Data storage sector erase and failure Data storage sector damaged (1) Replace the probe control board. 
4-22-3 Data storage sector data read-in invalid Data storage sector damaged 
(1) Read in compensation data to control board. If it continues to alarm, 
replace the probe control board. 
 
8.1.3 Probe unit module 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-11-1 Process fault 
When an action is executed, the alarm is triggered when it 
exceeds the preset time. For example, if the time set for the 
startup of probe dispensing is 1s, the alarm will be triggered if 
the program is modified to change the time for startup to 2s. 
(1) Feed it back to the engineer 
3-21-7 
Abnormal communication of probe 
control board and liquid level 
detection board during resetting 
During resetting, the probe control board has serial port 
communication with the liquid level detection board and the 
communication circuit is disconnected. The alarm is triggered if 
the probe control board does not receive the reply command of 
liquid level detection board in specified time. 
(1) Check if the wiring of the flexible circuit board at probe control 
board end and liquid detection board end is normal; 
(2) Replace the liquid level detection board. 
(3) Replace the probe control board. 
3-21-9 
Probe control board waiting for 
ISE control board triggering ISE 
sample dispensing timeout during 
ISE test 
In ISE test process, the probe dispenses ISE sample and the 
command is triggered by the ISE control board. The alarm is 
triggered if the probe control board does not receive the ISE 
control board triggering command in unit time. 
(1) The alarm is caused as ISE control board fails to send touch 
command in a specified time. Check other alarms. 
3-32-1 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.1 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
105
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-32-2 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.2 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-3 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.3 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-4 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.4 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-5 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.5 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-6 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.6 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-7 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.7 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-8 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.8 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-9 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.9 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sampleor reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-10 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.10 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-11 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.11 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-12 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.12 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-13 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.13 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-14 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.14 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-15 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.15 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
106
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-32-16 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.16 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-17 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.17 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-18 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.18 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-19 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.19 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-20 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.20 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-21 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.21 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-22 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.22 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-23 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.23 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-24 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.24 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-25 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.25 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-26 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.26 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-27 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.27 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-28 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.28 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-29 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.29 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
107
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-32-30 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.30 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-31 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.31 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggeredwhen the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-32 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.32 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-33 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.33 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-34 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.34 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-35 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.35 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-36 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.36 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-37 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.37 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-38 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.38 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-39 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.39 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-40 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects No.40 position of sample/ 
reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-41 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.1 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-42 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.2 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-43 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.3 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
108
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-32-44 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.4 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-45 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.5 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-46 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.6 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-47 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.7 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-48 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.8 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-49 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.9 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-50 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.10 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-51 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.11 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-52 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.12 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-53 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.13 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probedispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-54 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.14 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-55 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.15 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-56 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.16 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-57 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.17 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
109
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-32-58 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.18 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-59 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.19 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-60 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.20 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-61 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.21 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-62 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.22 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-63 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.23 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-64 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.24 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-65 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.25 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-66 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.26 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-67 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.27 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-68 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.28 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-69 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.29 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-70 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.30 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-71 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.31 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
110
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-32-72 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.32 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-73 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.33 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-74 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.34 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal.(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-75 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.35 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-76 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.36 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-77 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.37 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-78 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.38 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-79 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.39 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-80 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects outer No.40 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-81 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.2 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-82 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.3 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-83 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.4 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-84 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.5 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-85 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.6 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
111
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-32-86 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.7 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-87 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.8 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-88 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.9 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-89 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.10 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-90 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.11 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-91 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.12 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-92 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.13 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-93 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.14 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-94 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.15 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-95 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.16 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-96 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.17 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent,the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-97 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.18 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-98 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.19 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-99 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.20 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
112
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-32-100 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.21 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-101 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.22 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-102 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.23 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-103 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.24 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-104 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.25 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-105 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.26 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-106 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.27 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-107 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.28 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-108 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.29 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-109 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.30 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-110 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.31 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-111 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.32 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-112 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.33 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-113 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.34 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
113
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-32-114 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.35 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-115 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.36 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-116 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.37 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-117 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.38 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1)Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-118 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.39 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-119 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.40 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-120 
Touch occurs when the probe 
detects inner No.1 position of 
sample/ reagent disk 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is 
triggered when the probe descends and has collision and then 
causes touch optocoupler signal. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
(2) Signal detection failure or poor contact; 
(3) Touch signal is disturbed. 
3-32-200 
Alarm caused by failure of lifting 
and zeroing optocoupler at zeroing 
position by default when the probe 
rises to zeroing position 
When the probe mechanism lifting and zeroing optocoupler has 
a fault, the control board misjudges the probe is at the highest 
point. The alarm is triggered when the probe descends and 
detects the touch signal. 
(1) Check if the probe lifting and zeroing optocoupler and its 
connection are normal; 
3-33-1 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.1 position of sample/ reagent 
disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-2 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.2 position of sample/ reagent 
disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-3 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.3 position of sample/ reagent 
disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-4 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.4 position of sample/ reagent 
disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
114
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-33-5 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.5 position of sample/ reagent 
disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-6 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.6 position of sample/ reagent 
disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-7 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.7 position of sample/ reagent 
disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-8 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.8 position of sample/ reagent 
disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-9 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.9 position of sample/ reagent 
disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-10 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.10 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-11 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.11 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-12 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.12 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-13 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.13 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-14 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.14 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
115
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-33-15 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.15 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-16 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.16 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-17 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.17 positionof sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-18 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.18 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-19 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.19 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-20 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.20 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-21 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.21 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-22 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.22 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-23 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.23 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-24 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.24 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
116
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-33-25 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.25 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-26 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.26 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-27 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.27 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-28 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.28 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-29 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.29 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-30 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.30 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-31 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.31 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-32 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.32 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-33 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.33 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-34 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.34 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
117
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-33-35 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.35 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-36 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.36 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-37 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.37 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specifiedtime is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-38 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.38 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-39 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.39 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-40 
The probe does not detect sample 
at No.40 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
When the process time is limited, the maximum descending 
steps of the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The 
alarm is triggered when the probe does not detect the sample 
after descending for 2100 steps. 
(1) Sample is used up; 
3-33-41 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.1 position of 
sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-42 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.2 position of 
sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-43 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.3 position of 
sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
118
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-33-44 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.4 position of 
sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-45 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.5 position of 
sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-46 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.6 position of 
sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-47 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.7 position of 
sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-48 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.8 position of 
sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-49 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.9 position of 
sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-50 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.10 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-51 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.11 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
119
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-33-52 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.12 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-53 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.13 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-54 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.14 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-55 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.15 position 
of sample/reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-56 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.16 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-57 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.17 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-58 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.18 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-59 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.19 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
120
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-33-60 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.20 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-61 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.21 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-62 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.22 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-63 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.23 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-64 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.24 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-65 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.25 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-66 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.26 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-67 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.27 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
121
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-33-68 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.28 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-69 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.29 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-70 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.30 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-71 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.31 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-72 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.32 positionof sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-73 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.33 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-74 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.34 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-75 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.35 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
122
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-33-76 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.36 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-77 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.37 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-78 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.38 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-79 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.39 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-80 
The probe does not detect sample 
or reagent at outer No.40 position 
of sample/ reagent disk after 
descending to the maximum 
distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the 
maximum steps. 
(1) Sample or reagent is used up; 
3-33-81 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.2 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-82 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.3 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-83 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.4 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
123
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-33-84 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.5 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-85 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.6 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-86 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.7 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-87 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.8 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-88 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.9 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-89 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.10 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggeredif the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-90 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.11 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-91 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.12 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
124
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-33-92 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.13 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-93 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.14 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-94 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.15 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-95 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.16 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-96 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.17 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-97 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.18 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-98 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.19 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-99 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.20 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
125
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-33-100 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.21 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-101 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.22 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-102 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.23 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-103 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.24 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-104 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.25 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-105 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.26 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-106 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.27 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-107 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.28 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximumsteps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
126
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-33-108 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.29 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-109 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.30 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-110 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.31 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-111 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.32 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-112 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.33 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-113 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.34 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-114 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.35 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-115 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.36 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
127
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-33-116 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.37 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-117 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.38 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-118 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.39 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-119 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.40 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-33-120 
The probe does not detect reagent 
at inner No.1 position of sample/ 
reagent disk after descending to the 
maximum distance 
After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, 
the maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to 
this position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe 
does not detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum 
steps. 
(1) Reagent is used up; 
3-31-1 
In test process, water volume in 
rinsing pump reaches the upper 
limit. 
In the test process, the alarm is triggered if the maximum 
volume of the rinsing pump is changed to 5mL from 9.85mL. 
(1) For alarms caused by other faults, check if there are other alarm 
codes. 
3-31-2 In test process, water volume in rinsing pump is insufficient. 
The alarm is triggered if the water volume in the rinsing pump is 
less than the water volume to be used. The program is modified 
to change the water dispensing volume to inner wall of the probe 
to 3mL from 2.2mL. 
(1) For alarms caused by other faults, check if there are other alarm 
codes. 
3-31-3 
In the test process, the residual 
volume in rinsing pump during 
zeroing is greater than the 
allowable maximum residual 
volume during zeroing. 
In the test process, the alarm is triggered if the residual volume 
in rinsing pump is greater than 250uL during zeroing. The 
program is modified to zero the residual volume 300uL during 
zeroing. 
(1) For alarms caused by other faults, check if there are other alarm 
codes. 
3-81-1 
Receiving R1 reagent volume 
dispensing information error. 
Dispensing action converts to 
probe rinsing action. 
Modify the main control board program, the alarm is triggered if 
the modified R1 volume is beyond 10-300uL. (1) Feed it back to the engineer 
128
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-81-2 
Receiving R2 reagent volume 
dispensing information error. 
Dispensing action converts to 
probe rinsing action. 
Modify the main control board program, the alarm is triggered if 
the modified R2 volume is beyond 10-150uL. (1) Feed it back to the engineer 
3-81-3 
Receiving colorimetric sample 
volume dispensing information 
error. Dispensing action converts 
to probe rinsing action. 
Modify the main control board program, the alarm is triggered if 
the modified S volume is beyond 2-35uL. (1) Feed it back to the engineer 
3-81-4 
Receiving ISE sample volume 
dispensing information error. 
Dispensing action converts to 
probe rinsing action. 
Modify the main control boardprogram, the alarm is triggered if 
the modified ISE sample volume is beyond 30-100uL. (1) Feed it back to the engineer 
3-81-5 
Invalid receiving of dispensing 
position information. Dispensing 
action converts to probe rinsing 
action. 
Modify the main control board program, the alarm is triggered if 
the modified aspirating position is beyond 1-120. (1) Feed it back to the engineer 
3-81-6 
Asynchronous validity of received 
dispensing position information 
and dispensing volume 
information. Dispensing action 
converts to probe rinsing action. 
Modify the main control board program, the alarm is triggered if 
the modified aspirating position is 0 and the volume information 
is 100uL. 
(1) Feed it back to the engineer 
3-101-6 
Driver of probe mechanism 
swinging motor has configuration 
failure. Reading driver information 
failed. 
After the motor driver chip is welded, the alarm will be triggered 
if control chip AC256 and motor driver chip 30521 have 
communication fault. 
(1) Replace the probe control board. 
3-101-7 
Driver of probe mechanism lifting 
motor has configuration failure. 
Reading driver information failed. 
After the motor driver chip is welded, the alarm will be triggered 
if control chip AC256 and motor driver chip 30521 have 
communication fault. 
(1) Replace the probe control board. 
3-102-6 Probe mechanism swinging motor has short circuit. Probe mechanism swinging motor has short circuit. (1) Replace the probe control board. 
3-102-7 Probe mechanism lifting motor has short circuit. Probe mechanism lifting motor has short circuit. (1) Replace the probe control board. 
3-103-6 Probe mechanism swinging motor has open circuit. Probe mechanism swinging motor has open circuit. 
(1) Check the circuit. 
(2) Replace the probe control board. 
3-103-7 Probe mechanism lifting motor has open circuit. Probe mechanism lifting motor has open circuit. 
(1) Check the circuit. 
(2) Replace the probe control board. 
3-104-6 
Swinging and zeroing of probe fail 
to reach the zero point. 
Optocoupler is in abnormal status 
after motor stops operating. 
After the probe mechanism finishes the swinging and zeroing 
action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of zeroing 
optocoupler is different from the preset status. 
(1) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler signal is disturbed. 
129
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-104-7 
Lifting and zeroing of probe fail to 
reach the zero point. Optocoupler 
is in abnormal status after motor 
stops operating. 
After the probe mechanism finishes the lifting and zeroing 
action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of zeroing 
optocoupler is different from the preset status. 
(1) Check if the probe lifting optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the probe lifting optocoupler signal is disturbed. 
3-104-8 
Zeroing of syringe pump fails to 
reach the zero point. Optocoupler 
is in abnormal status after motor 
stops operating. 
After the dispensing pump finishes the zeroing action, the alarm 
is triggered when the level status of zeroing optocoupler is 
different from the preset status. 
(1) Check if the dispensing pump optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the dispensing pump optocoupler signal is disturbed. 
3-104-9 
Zeroing of rinsing pump fails to 
reach the zero point. Optocoupler 
is in abnormal status after motor 
stops operating. 
After the rinsing pump finishes the zeroing action, the alarm is 
triggered when the level status of zeroing optocoupler is 
different from the preset status. 
(1) Check if the rinsing pump optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the rinsing pump optocoupler signal is disturbed. 
3-104-10 
Zeroing of reagent disk fails to 
reach the zero point. Optocoupler 
is in abnormal status after motor 
stops operating. 
After the reagent disk finishes the zeroing action, the alarm is 
triggered when the level status of zeroing optocoupler is 
different from the preset status. 
(1) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler signal is disturbed. 
3-105-6 
Swinging and positioning of probe 
fail to reach the preset position. 
Optocoupler is in abnormal status 
after motor stops operating. 
After the probe mechanism finishes the swinging and 
positioning action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of 
positioning optocoupler is different from the preset status. 
(1) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler signal is disturbed. 
3-105-10 
Positioning of reagent disk fails to 
reach the preset position. 
Optocoupler is in abnormal status 
after motor stops operating. 
After the reagent disk mechanism finishes the swinging and 
positioning action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of 
positioning optocoupler is different from the preset status. 
(1) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler signal is disturbed. 
3-106-6 
Abnormal initial position of 
swinging and positioning of probe. 
Optocoupler is in abnormal status 
before motor starts operating. 
Before the probe mechanism is started to have swinging and 
positioning action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of 
positioning optocoupler is different from the preset status. 
(1) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler signal is disturbed. 
3-106-10 
Abnormal initial position of 
positioning of reagent disk. 
Optocoupler is in abnormal status 
before motor starts operating. 
Before the reagent disk is started to have rotating and 
positioning action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of 
positioning optocoupler is different from the preset status. 
(1) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler signal is disturbed. 
3-107-6 
Swinging and zeroing failure of 
probe. Motor operating timeout or 
out of step. 
When the probe mechanism is started up to have swinging and 
zeroing action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of 
probe swinging and zeroing optocoupler is different from the 
preset status in a specified time. 
(1) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the probe swinging motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
3-107-7 
Lifting and zeroing failure of 
probe. Motor operating timeout or 
out of step. 
When the probe mechanism is started up to have lifting and 
zeroing action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of 
probe lifting and zeroing optocoupler is different from the preset 
status in a specified time. 
(1) Check if the probe lifting optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the probe lifting motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
130
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-107-8 
Zeroing failure of syringe pump. 
Motor operating timeout or out of 
step. 
When the dispensing pump mechanism is started up to have 
zeroing action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of 
zeroing optocoupler of the dispensing pump is different from the 
preset status in a specified time. 
(1) Check if the dispensingpump optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the dispensing pump motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
3-107-9 
Zeroing failure of rinsing pump. 
Motor operating timeout or out of 
step. 
When the rinsing pump mechanism is started up to have zeroing 
action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of zeroing 
optocoupler of the rinsing pump is different from the preset 
status in a specified time. 
(1) Check if the rinsing pump optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the rinsing pump motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
3-107-10 
Zeroing failure of reagent disk. 
Motor operating timeout or out of 
step. 
When the reagent disk mechanism is started up to have zeroing 
action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of zeroing 
optocoupler of the reagent disk is different from the preset status 
in a specified time. 
(1) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the reagent disk motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
3-108-6 Swinging of probe fails to leave the zero point. 
The fault of probe swinging and zeroing optocoupler leads to 
that the control board misjudges it is at the zero position. The 
alarm is triggered when the zeroing optocoupler level status 
does not change after a certain steps of swinging. 
(1) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the probe swinging motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
3-108-7 Descending of probe fails to leave the zero point. 
The fault of probe swinging, lifting and zeroing optocoupler 
leads to that the control board misjudges it is at the zero 
position. The alarm is triggered when the zeroing optocoupler 
level status does not change after a certain steps of descending. 
(1) Check if the probe lifting optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the probe lifting motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
3-108-8 Syringe pump fails to leave the zero point. 
The fault of dispensing pump zeroing optocoupler leads to that 
the control board misjudges it is at the zero position. The alarm 
is triggered when the zeroing optocoupler level status does not 
change after aspiration of a certain volume. 
(1) Check if the dispensing pump optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the dispensing pump motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
3-108-9 Rinsing pump fails to leave the zero point. 
The fault of rinsing pump zeroing optocoupler leads to that the 
control board misjudges it is at the zero position. The alarm is 
triggered when the zeroing optocoupler level status does not 
change after aspiration of a certain volume. 
(1) Check if the rinsing pump optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the rinsing pump motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
3-108-10 Reagent disk fails to leave the zero point. 
The fault of reagent disk zeroing optocoupler leads to that the 
control board misjudges it is at the zero position. The alarm is 
triggered when the zeroing optocoupler level status does not 
change after a certain steps of rotating. 
(1) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the reagent disk motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
3-109-6 
Swinging and positioning failure 
of probe. Motor operating timeout 
or out of step. 
When the probe mechanism has swinging and positioning 
action, the alarm is triggered when the level signal change times 
of positioning optocoupler is not equal to the preset times in a 
specified time. 
(1) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the probe swinging motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
3-109-10 
Positioning failure of reagent disk. 
Motor operating timeout or out of 
step. 
When the reagent disk mechanism has rotating and positioning 
action, the alarm is triggered when the level signal change times 
of positioning optocoupler is not equal to the preset times in a 
specified time. 
(1) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the reagent disk motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
3-110-6 Probe swinging for fixed steps timeout. 
The alarm is triggered in case of insufficient setting time of 
known actions. (1) Feed it back to the engineer 
131
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-110-7 Probe lifting for fixed steps timeout. 
The alarm is triggered in case of insufficient setting time of 
known actions. (1) Feed it back to the engineer 
3-110-8 Syringe pump operating for fixed steps timeout. 
The alarm is triggered in case of insufficient setting time of 
known actions. (1) Feed it back to the engineer 
3-110-9 Rinsing pump operating for fixed steps timeout. 
The alarm is triggered in case of insufficient setting time of 
known actions. (1) Feed it back to the engineer 
3-110-10 Reagent disk operating for fixed steps timeout. 
The alarm is triggered in case of insufficient setting time of 
known actions. (1) Feed it back to the engineer 
3-111-6 
Probe swinging and coded disc 
scanning timeout or out of steps or 
exceeding the number of scanning 
When the probe mechanism swings to scan the coded disc, the 
alarm will be triggered if it fails to swing and the scanned 
number of slots (optocoupler level change times) does not reach 
the preset number in specified time. 
(1) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the probe swinging motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
(5) Check if the coded disc is normal. 
3-111-10 
Reagent disk coded disc scanning 
timeout or out of steps or 
exceeding the number of scanning 
When the reagent disk mechanism swings to scan the coded 
disc, the alarm will be triggered if the positioning optocoupler is 
pulled out and the scanned number of slots (optocoupler level 
change times) does not reach the preset number in specified 
time. 
(1) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the reagent disk motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
(5) Check if the coded disc is normal. 
3-112-10 Bar code scanning and reagent disk operating timeout or out of steps. 
When the reagent disk mechanism has rotating and coordinates 
to have bar code scanning, the alarm is triggered when the level 
signal change times of positioning optocoupler is not equal to 
the preset times in a specified time. 
(1) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the reagent disk motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
3-113-6 Abnormal swinging and positioning verification of probe. 
The alarm is triggered when the steps for hindering the probe 
swinging mechanism to a specific position increase and the 
difference between it and the scanned steps of the slots is 
beyond the limited range. 
(1) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connectionof optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the probe swinging motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
(5) Check if the coded disc is normal. 
(6) Check if the mechanism arm and motor are loose. 
3-114-6 Abnormal swinging and coded disc verification of probe. 
The alarm is triggered if the deviation between the scanned 
coded disc information due to optocoupler fault or coded disc 
abnormality and the theoretical coded disc information is 
beyond the allowable range. 
(1) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the probe swinging motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
(5) Check if the coded disc is normal. 
(6) Check if the mechanism arm and motor are loose. 
3-114-10 Abnormal coded disc verification of reagent disk. 
The alarm is triggered if the deviation between the scanned 
coded disc information due to optocoupler fault or coded disc 
abnormality and the theoretical coded disc information is 
beyond the allowable range. 
(1) Check if the reagent disk positioning optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal; 
(3) Check if the reagent disk motor is normal; 
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal; 
(5) Check if the coded disc is normal. 
(6) Check if the mechanism motor is loose. 
132
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-115-6 
Abnormal swinging and 
positioning information 
calculation of probe. 
The alarm is triggered if the probe swinging and positioning 
information are wrongly set. (1) Feed it back to the engineer 
3-116-6 Probe does not swing at the highest point. 
Before the probe mechanism is started up to have swinging 
action, the control board will judge if it is at the highest point 
according to the level status of the lifting optocoupler of the 
mechanism. If the probe is not at the highest position, the alarm 
is triggered. 
(1) Check the harness connection; 
3-117-8 Aspirating and dispensing volume of syringe pump out of limit. 
The alarm is triggered if the aspirating and dispensing volume 
exceeds the maximum aspirating and dispensing volume. (1) Feed it back to the engineer 
3-117-9 Aspirating and dispensing volume of rinsing pump out of limit. 
The alarm is triggered if the aspirating and dispensing volume 
exceeds the maximum aspirating and dispensing volume. (1) Feed it back to the engineer 
3-118-7 Abnormal lifting and zeroing verification of probe. 
Taking the highest point of the probe as the zero point, the 
coordinates will decrease automatically if it moves downwards 
and increase automatically if it moves upwards. When the 
mechanism moves from the zero point and then returns to the 
zero points, the coordinates are checked and if they are found 
beyond the allowable range, the alarm will be triggered. 
(1) Check other alarm information; 
3-118-8 
Abnormal zeroing verification of 
syringe pump. Motor operating 
steps from zero point to one point 
and the motor operating steps from 
the position to zero point. 
Taking the zero point of the pump as the zero point, the 
coordinates will decrease automatically for aspirating and 
increase automatically for dispensing. When the mechanism 
moves from the zero point and then returns to the zero points, 
the coordinates are checked and if they are found beyond the 
allowable range, the alarm will be triggered. 
(1) Check other alarm information; 
3-118-9 Abnormal zeroing verification of syringe pump. 
Taking the zero point of the pump as the zero point, the 
coordinates will decrease automatically for aspirating and 
increase automatically for dispensing. When the mechanism 
moves from the zero point and then returns to the zero points, 
the coordinates are checked and if they are found beyond the 
allowable range, the alarm will be triggered. 
(1) Check other alarm information; 
3-120-10 Positioning optocoupler failure of reagent disk during resetting. 
In the resetting process, the level status of reagent disk 
positioning optocoupler will change. If it does not change, the 
alarm is triggered. 
(1) Check if the circuit connection of reagent disk positioning 
optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the positioning optocoupler is normal; 
3-121-10 
Positioning optocoupler is not at 
the present position after zeroing of 
reagent disk. 
After the reagent disk finishes the zeroing action, the alarm is 
triggered when the level status of positioning optocoupler is 
different from the preset status. 
(1) Check if the circuit connection of reagent disk positioning 
optocoupler is normal; 
(2) Check if the positioning optocoupler is normal; 
3-131-1 Failure of water supply valve V1 
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver 
chip has fault 
 and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is triggered. 
(1) Replace the circuit board. 
3-131-2 Failure of inner wall valve V2 
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver 
chip has fault 
 and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is triggered. 
(1) Replace the circuit board. 
133
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-131-8 Failure of outer wall valve V8 
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver 
chip has fault 
 and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is triggered. 
(1) Replace the circuit board. 
3-132-1 Open circuit of water supply valve V1 
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver 
chip has fault 
 and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is triggered. 
(1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding. 
3-132-2 Open circuit of inner wall valve V2 
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver 
chip has fault 
 and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is triggered. 
(1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding. 
3-132-8 Open circuit of outer wall valve V8 
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver 
chip has fault 
 and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is triggered. 
(1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding. 
3-133-11 Mutually exclusive solenoid valves are opened simultaneously. 
For the rinsing mechanism water valve, rinsing bath valve of 
mixing mechanism, probe inner wall valve, probe outer wall 
valve and water supply valve of the machine, only one time of 
them can be opened at one time. At one time, the alarm will be 
triggered if the program is changed to make two types of the 
solenoid valve are opened. 
(1) Feed it back to the engineer 
3-134-1 Driver configuration failure of water supply valve V1 
Abnormal communication in SPI between AC256 and 
NCV7708 (1) Replace the circuit board. 
3-134-2 Driver configuration failure of inner wall valve V2 
Abnormal communication in SPI between AC256 and 
NCV7708 (1) Replace the circuit board. 
3-134-8 Driver configuration failure of outer wall valve V8 
Abnormal communication in SPI between AC256 and 
NCV7708 (1) Replace the circuit board. 
3-141-1 
Probe has collision in 
proportioning cup when dispensing 
ISE sample 
The alarm is triggered when the probe mechanism descends at 
the ISE matching cuvette position and detects a touch signal. 
(1) Check ISE module alarm information; 
(2) Check if the probe mechanism is normal; 
3-141-2 
Probe does not detect the liquid 
surface in proportioning cup when 
dispensing ISE sample 
The ISE sample shall be dispensed below the liquid level if 
dispensing of it is required. The alarm is triggered if theprobe 
does not touch anything or detect the liquid surface after 
descending to the maximum distance. 
(1) Check the alarm of ISE unit. 
3-141-3 
Probe does not detect the liquid 
surface when aspirating sample in 
cuvette 
In the liquid detection process, the sample in cuvette should be 
aspirated in dilution process or saccharification process. The 
alarm is triggered if the probe does not detect the liquid surface 
after descending for fixed steps (calculated based on the data of 
main control board). 
(1) Check if the liquid level detection is normal; 
(2) Check other alarms. 
3-141-4 Touch occurs when the probe aspirates diluted sample in cuvette 
During the dilution or saccharification process of probe 
mechanism, the alarm is triggered if the probe detects touch 
signal when descending to aspirate sample. 
(1) Check if the liquid level detection is normal; 
(2) Check if the touch signal is normal. 
3-141-6 
Probe tip detects the liquid surface 
when dispensing sample or reagent 
in cuvette 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, it will enter a 
cuvette and not touch the liquid surface. The alarm is triggered if 
it detects the liquid surface detection signal. 
(1) Check if the liquid level detection is normal; 
134
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
3-141-7 
Detection distance out of limit in 
vertical inspection and detection of 
5mL liquid surface 
The alarm is triggered if the deviation between the descending 
distance for 5mL detection and the theoretical distance exceeds 
the allowable range. 
(1) Conduct standard operation; 
(2) Check if the liquid level detection is normal; 
3-141-8 
Detection distance out of limit in 
vertical inspection and detection of 
50mL liquid surface 
The alarm is triggered if the deviation between the descending 
distance for 50mL detection and the theoretical distance exceeds 
the allowable range. 
(1) Check if the liquid level detection is normal; 
3-141-11 Abnormal sensitivity of liquid surface detection board. 
The probe control board and liquid surface detection board have 
serial port communication. The alarm is triggered if the 
detection sensitivity of the device is different from the read 
sensitivity of liquid surface detection board. 
(1) Replace the liquid level detection board. 
3-141-12 
Detection distance out of limit in 
vertical inspection and detection of 
70mL empty bottle 
The alarm is triggered if the deviation between the descending 
distance for 70mL detection and the theoretical distance exceeds 
the allowable range. 
(1) Check if the empty bottle has liquid inside and if the position is 
normal. 
3-141-13 
The probe will have collision when 
descending to the cuvette to have 
dispensing. 
When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, it will descend 
from the mouth of cuvette and the alarm is triggered if it detects 
the touch signal. 
(1) Check the probe tip position relative to the position of cuvette; 
(2) Check if the probe mechanism is normal; 
3-141-14 
Automatic adjustment fault in 
vertical inspection and empty 
bottle inspection. 
The alarm is triggered if touch occurs before it descends for less 
than 2500 steps and reaches the theoretical steps in empty bottle 
inspection. 
(1) Check if the probe mechanism is normal; 
3-161-1 Bar code setting failure The alarm is triggered in case of abnormal serial port communication between the probe board and bar code reader. 
(1) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(2) Replace the bar code assembly; 
(3) Replace the probe control board. 
3-161-2 Invalid bar code The alarm is triggered in case of invalid bar code. 
(1) Check if there is bar code or if the bar code is damaged; 
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal; 
(3) Replace the bar code assembly; 
(4) Replace the probe control board. 
3-22-2 Data storage sector erase and failure Data storage sector damaged (1) Replace the probe control board. 
3-22-3 Data storage sector data read-in invalid Data storage sector damaged 
(1) Read in compensation data to control board. If it continues to alarm, 
replace the probe control board. 
 
8.1.4 ISE unit module 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
17-1-1 Zeroing of dilution pump failed Dilution pump fails to reach the zero point when executing zeroing action 
(1) Check if the optocoupler is connected; 
(2) Read the optocoupler status and check if it changes; 
(3) Replace the optocoupler; 
(4) Replace the circuit board. 
135
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
17-1-2 Dilution pump fails to leave the zero point Dilution pump fails to leave the zero point when having action 
(1) Check if the optocoupler is connected; 
(2) Read the optocoupler status and check if it changes; 
(3) Replace the optocoupler; 
(4) Replace the circuit board. 
17-1-3 Dilution pump is not at the zero point during ISE test Dilution pump is not at the zero point during ISE test 
(1) Check if the optocoupler is connected; 
(2) Read the optocoupler status and check if it changes; 
(3) Replace the optocoupler; 
(4) Replace the circuit board. 
17-1-4 Abnormal pressure of vacuum pump Abnormal vacuum pump or vacuum tubing 
(1) Check if vacuum pump and wiring are normal; 
(2) Check the vacuum tubing; 
(3) Replace the circuit board. 
17-1-5 Abnormal pressure relief of vacuum pump 
Abnormal pressure relief is caused by blockage of vacuum 
pump tubing or solenoid valve 
(1) Check if ISE vacuum tubing and solenoid valve in tubing are 
blocked 
17-1-6 Waiting for sample timeout Sample mechanism fails to finish sample dispensing in regulated time period during ISE test 
(1) Check if there are relevant alarms of sample probe; 
(2) Monitor the main control board information and feed it back to 
engineer 
 
8.1.5 AC unit module 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
5-1-1 Abnormal ambient temperature sensor Short circuit of ambient temperature sensor 
(1) Check if sensor connection is normal; 
(2) Replace the temperature sensor; 
(3) Replace the AC control board; 
5-1-2 Abnormal ambient temperature sensor Open circuit of ambient temperature sensor 
(1) Check if sensor connection is normal; 
(2) Replace the temperature sensor; 
(3) Replace the AC control board; 
5-1-3 Abnormal ambient temperature Ambient temperature is loo high 
(1) Check if the ambient temperature of the machine is 15℃-32℃; 
(2) Replace the temperature sensor; 
(3) Replace the AC control board; 
5-1-4 Abnormal ambient temperature The ambient temperature is too low 
(1) Check if the ambient temperature of the machine is 15℃-32℃; 
(2) Replace the temperature sensor; 
(3) Replace the AC control board; 
5-2-1 Abnormal optical temperature sensor Short circuit of optical temperature sensor 
(1) Check if optical temperature sensor connection cable is normal; 
(2) Replace the temperature sensor; 
(3) Replace the AC control board; 
5-2-2 Abnormal optical temperature sensor Open circuit of optical temperature sensor 
(1) Check if optical temperature sensor connection cable is normal; 
(2) Replace the temperature sensor; 
(3) Replace the AC control board; 
5-2-3 Optical system light source use timeout Optical system light source is used for over 2000 hours (1) Replace the light source 
136
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
5-2-4 Abnormal optical system temperature Too high optical system temperature 
(1) Check if light source radiation fan connection cable is normal; 
(2) Check if optical fan is normal; 
(3) Replace the AC control board; 
5-4-2 Abnormal incubation bath temperature sensor Incubation bath temperature sensor is short or open circuited. 
(1) Check if sensor connection is normal; 
(2) Replace the temperature sensor; 
(3) Replace the AC control board; 
5-4-3Incubation bath heating timeout After the incubation bath is continuously heated for 180s, the temperature rise is less than 1℃. 
(1) Check if incubation bath heating strip and its connection cable are 
normal; 
(2) Check if the temperature sensor is normal. 
(3) Replace the AC control board; 
5-4-4 Abnormal incubation bath fan Circulating fan of incubation bath stops working (1) Check if incubation bath circulating fan and its connection cable are normal; 
5-4-5 Abnormal temperature of incubation bath Temperature of incubation bath beyond the lower limit 
(1) Check if incubation bath heating strip and its connection cable are 
normal; 
(2) Replace the temperature sensor; 
(3) Replace the AC control board; 
5-4-6 Abnormal temperature of incubation bath Incubation bath temperature beyond 40℃ 
(1) Confirm if the room temperature is within the range of 15-32°C. 
(2) Confirm if the cooling system radiation fan of the instrument 
rotates normally; 
(3) Check if the temperature sensor is normal. 
5-4-7 Abnormal temperature of incubation bath Incubation bath temperature beyond the range of (37±0.5)℃ 
(1) Confirm if the room temperature is within the range of 15-32°C. 
(2) Confirm if the cooling system radiation fan of the instrument 
rotates normally; 
(3) Check if the temperature sensor is normal. 
5-10-1 Abnormal pressure sensor of diaphragm pump Open circuit of pressure sensor of diaphragm pump 
(1) Check if the diaphragm pump pressure sensor and its connection 
cable are normal; 
(2) Replace the pressure detection circuit board 
5-10-2 Abnormal pressure sensor of vacuum negative pressure pump 
Communication error of pressure sensor of vacuum negative 
pressure pump 
(1) Check if the diaphragm pump pressure sensor and its connection 
cable are normal; 
(2) Replace the pressure detection circuit board 
5-10-3 Read atmospheric pressure out of limit 
Atmospheric pressure beyond limit read by pressure sensor of 
vacuum negative pressure pump 
(1) Check if the diaphragm pump pressure sensor and its connection 
cable are normal; 
(2) Check if the pressure detection circuit board and vacuum pressure 
tank connection tubing is normal; 
(3) Replace the pressure detection circuit board 
5-10-4 Abnormal vacuum negative pressure 
Insufficient negative pressure of vacuum negative pressure 
pump in resetting for self-inspection 
(1) Check if vacuum diaphragm pump and wiring are normal; 
(2) Check if vacuum diaphragm tubing is normal; 
(3) Replace the vacuum diaphragm pump. 
137
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
5-10-5 Abnormal vacuum negative pressure 
Insufficient negative pressure before use of vacuum negative 
pressure pump 
(1) Check if diaphragm pump and wiring are normal; 
(2) Check if diaphragm tubing is normal; 
(3) Replace the diaphragm pump. 
5-10-6 Abnormal vacuum negative pressure resetting 
Vacuum gas exhaust completion command not received from 
reaction disk control board during resetting 
(1) Check if the reaction disk control board is normal; 
(2) Check if communication CAN bus of reaction disk control board 
and AC control board is normal. 
5-11-1 Abnormal reagent disk temperature sensor Short circuit of reagent disk temperature sensor 
(1) Check if sensor connection is normal; 
(2) Replace the temperature sensor; 
(3) Replace the AC control board; 
5-11-2 Abnormal reagent disk temperature sensor Open circuit of reagent disk temperature sensor 
(1) Check if sensor connection is normal; 
(2) Replace the temperature sensor; 
(3) Replace the AC control board; 
5-11-3 Reagent disk refrigeration timeout 
Temperature exceeding upper refrigeration limit after 
refrigeration of reagent disk for 6h 
(1) Check if Peltier and wiring are normal; 
(2) Check if the reagent disk fan wiring is normal; 
5-11-4 Abnormal Peltier current of reagent disk 
Peltier current of reagent disk out of normal range under 
initiation or resetting status 
(1) Check if Peltier and wiring are normal; 
(2) Check if the reagent disk fan wiring is normal; 
5-11-5 Too high reagent disk Peltier Reagent disk Peltier reversely connected or reverse wiring sequence 
(1) Check if Peltier and wiring are normal; 
(2) Replace the temperature sensor; 
(3) Check if the reagent disk fan wiring is normal; 
5-11-6 Abnormal Peltier current of reagent disk Peltier current of reagent disk out of normal range 
(1) Check if Peltier and wiring are normal; 
(2) Check if the reagent disk fan wiring is normal; 
5-13-1 
Abnormal temperature sensor of 
constant-temperature degassing 
assembly 
Short circuit of temperature sensor of constant-temperature 
degassing assembly 
(1) Check if sensor connection is normal; 
(2) Replace the temperature sensor; 
(3) Replace the AC control board; 
5-13-2 
Abnormal temperature sensor of 
constant-temperature degassing 
assembly 
Open circuit of temperature sensor of constant-temperature 
degassing assembly 
(1) Check if sensor connection is normal; 
(2) Replace the temperature sensor; 
(3) Replace the AC control board; 
5-13-3 
Heating timeout of 
constant-temperature degassing 
assembly 
After the constant-temperature degassing assembly is 
continuously heated for 5min, the temperature rise is less than 
1℃ in heating process. 
(1) Check if constant-temperature degassing heating strip and its 
connection cable are normal; 
(2) Check if AC drive board is normal. 
5-13-4 
Too high temperature of 
constant-temperature degassing 
assembly 
Temperature over 50oC of constant-temperature degassing 
assembly 
(1) Check if sensor connection is normal; 
(2) Replace the temperature sensor; 
(3) Replace the AC control board; 
5-15-1 High-concentration waste liquid tank full of waste liquid 
Too much waste liquid in high-concentration waste liquid tank 
during resetting 
(1) Empty the high-concentration waste liquid tank; 
(2) Check if the waste liquid sensor interface and wiring are normal; 
(3) Check if high-concentration waste liquid float ball falls off. 
5-15-2 High-concentration waste liquid tank full of waste liquid 
Too much waste liquid in high-concentration waste liquid tank 
under standby or test status 
(1) Empty the high-concentration waste liquid tank; 
(2) Check if the waste liquid sensor interface and wiring are normal; 
(3) Check if high-concentration waste liquid float ball falls off. 
138
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution 
5-15-3 Low-concentration waste liquid tank full of waste liquid 
Too much waste liquid in low-concentration waste liquid tank 
under standby or test status 
(1) Empty the low-concentration waste liquid tank; 
(2) Check if the waste liquid float interface and wiring are normal; 
(3) Check if low-concentration waste liquid float ball falls off. 
5-15-4 Low-concentration waste liquid tank full of waste liquid 
Too much waste liquid in low-concentration waste liquid tank 
during resetting 
(1) Empty the low-concentration waste liquid tank; 
(2) Check if the waste liquid float interface and wiring are normal; 
(3) Check if low-concentration waste liquid float ball falls off. 
5-19-1 Insufficient pure water Insufficient pure water in pure water tank during resetting 
(1) Add pure water to tank; 
(2) Check if the pure water float interface and wiring are normal; 
(3) Check if pure water float ball falls off. 
5-19-2 Pure water in serious lack Insufficient pure water in pure water tank, pure water not added in 20min 
(1) Add pure water to tank; 
(2) Check if the pure water float interface and wiring are normal; 
(3) Check if pure water float ball falls off. 
5-19-3 Insufficient pure water Insufficient pure water in pure water tank under standby or test status 
(1) Add pure water to tank; 
(2) Check if the pure water float interface and wiring are normal; 
(3) Check if pure water float ball falls off. 
5-23-6 Insufficient alkaline detergentInsufficient alkaline detergent 
(1) Add alkaline detergent to alkaline detergent bottle 
(2) Check if detergent float wiring is normal; 
(3) Check if detergent float ball falls off. 
 
139
 
 
Chapter 9 List of Spare Parts 
 
9.1 List of Easily-worn Parts and Consumables 
9.1.1 List of Easily-worn Parts 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Probe Assembly 1024850 
2 Mixing Bar 1008016 
3 Wiping Head 1028046 
4 Wire J1401\ Rinsing Syringe Pump 2011692 
5 
Wire J1402\ Sample Dispensing 
Syringe Pump 
2011693 
6 Wire JM05\ ISE Syringe Pump 2011715 
 
9.1.2 List of Consumables 
No. Name SAP Code Replacement Cycle 
1 Halogen Lamp Assembly 2001897 Half a year 
2 Cuvette 1027510 Half a year 
3 Peristaltic Pump Tube Assembly 2001439 3 months 
4 
GR74- Tube 140 (Tube 82) \ Tube 
for Pinch Valve 
2012987 3 months 
5 Tube GR75-200 (Tube 87) 2012992 3 months 
6 Na Electrode 1013580 Half a year 
7 K Electrode Head 1013582 Half a year 
8 CI Electrode 1013581 Half a year 
9 ISE Filter 200 1008102 Half a year 
● The Analyzer is regarded being used for 5 hours per day during calculation. 
 
9.2 List of Maintenance Case 
9.2.1 List of Small Maintenance Case (SAP Code:——) 
(Recommended Replaced Period:1year) 
No. Name SAP Code Qty. 
1 SCV06265\ Check Valve 1009867 1 
2 H322-3-2\ Lock Nut 1006955 4 
3 H323-3-1-2\ Lock Bolt 1006956 4 
4 CS400-02-03-05 GRB1\ Insulated Glass 1000064 1 
5 CS-T180-03-06\ Probe Housing 1027949 1 
140
 
 
6 CS-T180-08-01(PPO)\ Rinsing Bath 1025933 1 
7 CS-T180-07-00\ Mixing and Rinsing Bath Unit 2009893 1 
8 CS-T180-06-08\ Shell of Support Arm for Mixing 1025202 1 
9 CS-400(ISE)\ ISE Filter 200 1008102 4 
10 5*20 6.3A 250V\ Fuse 1013297 4 
11 CS400-08-01(CS-400-06-20 Japan)\ Mixing Bar 1008016 2 
12 CS-T180-FBO4-700\ Flanging Tube\ Tube 46 1036834 1 
13 CS-T180-FD11-120\ Flanging Tube\ Tube 3 1036829 1 
14 CS-T180-FD11-350\ Flanging Tube\ Tube 5 1036830 1 
15 CS-T180-FD11-1020\ Flanging Tube\ Tube 6 1038196 1 
16 CS-T180-FD06-250\ Flanging Tube\ Tube 7 1036832 1 
 
9.2.2 List of Big Maintenance Case (SAP Code:——) 
(Recommended Replaced Period:2years) 
No. Name SAP Code Qty. 
1 SCV06265\ Check Valve 1009867 1 
2 H322-3-2\ Lock Nut 1006955 4 
3 H323-3-1-2\ Lock Bolt 1006956 4 
4 CS400-02-03-05 GRB1\ Insulated Glass 1000064 1 
5 CS-T180-03-06\ Probe Housing 1027949 1 
6 CS-T180-08-01(PPO)\ Rinsing Bath 1025933 1 
7 CS-T180-07-00\ Mixing and Rinsing Bath Unit 2009893 1 
8 CS-T180-06-08\ Shell of Support Arm for Mixing 1025202 1 
9 CS-400(ISE)\ ISE Filter 200 1008102 4 
10 5*20 6.3A 250V\ Fuse 1013297 4 
11 CS400-08-01(CS-400-06-20 Japan)\ Mixing Bar 1008016 2 
12 CS-T180-FBO4-700\ Flanging Tube\ Tube 46 1036834 1 
13 CS-T180-FD11-120\ Flanging Tube\ Tube 3 1036829 1 
14 CS-T180-FD11-350\ Flanging Tube\ Tube 5 1036830 1 
15 CS-T180-FD11-1020\ Flanging Tube\ Tube 6 1038196 1 
16 CS-T180-FD06-250\ Flanging Tube\ Tube 7 1036832 1 
17 JCooling01\ Peltier 2011767 1 
18 JCooling02\ Peltier 2011769 1 
141
 
 
9.2.3 List of ISE Maintenance Case (SAP Code:——) 
(Recommended Replaced Period:1years) 
No. Name SAP Code Qty. 
1 SCV06265\ Check Valve 1009867 1 
2 H322-3-2\ Lock Nut 1006955 4 
3 H323-3-1-2\ Lock Bolt 1006956 4 
4 CS400-02-03-05 GRB1\ Insulated Glass 1000064 1 
5 CS-T180-03-06\ Probe Housing 1027949 1 
6 CS-T180-08-01(PPO)\ Rinsing Bath 1025933 1 
7 CS-T180-07-00\ Mixing and Rinsing Bath Unit 2009893 1 
8 CS-T180-06-08\ Shell of Support Arm for Mixing 1025202 1 
9 CS-400(ISE)\ ISE Filter 200 1008102 4 
10 5*20 6.3A 250V\ Fuse 1013297 4 
11 CS400-08-01(CS-400-06-20 Japan)\ Mixing Bar 1008016 2 
12 CS-T180-FBO4-700\ Flanging Tube\ Tube 46 1036834 1 
13 CS-T180-FD11-120\ Flanging Tube\ Tube 3 1036829 1 
14 CS-T180-FD11-350\ Flanging Tube\ Tube 5 1036830 1 
15 CS-T180-FD11-1020\ Flanging Tube\ Tube 6 1038196 1 
16 CS-T180-FD06-250\ Flanging Tube\ Tube 7 1036832 1 
17 JCooling01\ Peltier 2011767 1 
18 JCooling02\ Peltier 2011769 1 
19 CS6400ISE\ Peristaltic Pump Tube Assembly 2001439 8 (annual consumption) 
20 GR74-140\ Tube 82\ for Pinch Valve 2012987 4 (annual consumption) 
21 GR75-200\ Tube 87\ for Pinch Valve 2012992 4 (annual consumption) 
22 CS-T180ISE-FBO6-40\ Tube 93\ Flanging Tube 1038195 1 
 
9.3 List of Frequently-used Spare Parts 
9.3.1 List of Assembly Spare Parts 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Optical Detection Unit 2015065 
2 Probe Unit 2015064 
3 Rinsing Unit 2015062 
4 Mixing Unit 2015063 
5 Constant-temperature Degassing Assembly 2009924 
142
 
 
6 Syringe Pump Unit 2015066 
7 Drive Mechanism 2015419 
8 Incubation Bath Assembly 2015420 
9 Sample/ Reagent Disk Drive Mechanism 2015421 
10 CS-T180 Refrigeration Chamber 2010237 
11 Sample/ Reagent Disk Rack Assembly 2014996 
12 Waste Liquid Tank Assembly 2015067 
13 Group Valve Assembly 2015422 
14 Detergent Tank Assembly 2015423 
15 Bar Code Reader Assembly 2009905 Optional 
16 Pure Water Unit 2016056 
17 Waste Liquid Tank Assembly 2016057 
18 Test System Assembly 2016232 Optional ISE 
19 Amplifier Board Assembly 2016236 Optional ISE 
20 Pump Assembly 2016235 Optional ISE 
21 Valve Assembly 2016234 Optional ISE 
 
9.3.2 List of Switching Power Supply Spare Parts 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 24V Switching Power Supply 1033147 LCM600Q-T-N 
2 12V Switching Power Supply 1030473 HWS50A-12 
 
9.3.3 List of Circuit Board Spare Parts 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 CS-T180\ Main Control Board (with Burned Program) 2014281 
2 CS-T180\ Probe Control Board (with Burned Program) 2014282 
3 CS-T180\ Reaction Disk Control Board (with Burned Program) 2014283 
4 CS-T180\ AC Control Board (with Burned Program) 2014284 
5 CS-T180\ Data Collection Board (with Burned Program) 2014285 
6 CS-T180\ Liquid Level Detecting Board (with Burned Program) 2014286 
7 CS-T180\ Data Collection Board 1037989 
143
 
 
8 CS-T180\ Sample Dispensing Indicator Lamp Board 1037991 
9 
CS6400ISE MPXV Pressure Sensor 
Module Board (with Burned 
Program) 
2001534 Vacuum Tank 
10 CS-400\ Power Signal Lamp Board (Assembly) 2000383 
11 CS-400-17\ Pump Optocoupler Adapter Board (Assembly) 2000381 
12 
CS-6400\CS-6400 Bar Code 
Reader Board (with Burned 
Program) 
2001508 
13 CS-T180\ ISE Control Board (with Burned Program) 2014287 ISE 
14 CS-6400\CS-6400 ISE Front Amplifier Board 2006448 ISE 
15 CS-6400ISE\ Pump Adapter Board Assembly 2000405 
 
9.3.4 List of Sensor Spare Parts 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Wire JS01 2011735 Ambient Temperature Sensor 
2 Wire JS02 2011734 Optical Temperature Sensor 
3 Wire JS03 2011729 Incubation Bath Temperature Sensor 
4 Wire JS05 2011733 Sample Reagent Disk Temperature Sensor 
5 Wire JS07 2011731 
Temperature Sensor of 
Constant-temperature Degassing 
 
6 Wire PSW04-1 2011745 High- and Low-concentration Waste Liquid Float 
7 Wire PSW05 2011747 Pure Water Float 
8 Wire PSW06 2011748 Detergent Float 
 
9.3.5 List of Pump Spare Parts 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Wire JP1 2011764 Diaphragm Pump 1026470 
2 Wire JP2 2011765 Diaphragm Pump 1026470 
 
9.3.6 List of Optocoupler Spare Parts 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Groove Optocoupler 1023766 KI3781, 7 pcs. 
2 Wire J0402 for Optocoupler 2011702 Optocoupler wire of reaction disk 
 
 
144
 
 
9.3.7 List of Timing Belt Spare Parts 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Timing Belt 1008957 363-3M 
2 Timing Belt 1008955 100XL-10 
3 Timing Belt 1008956 240XL-10 
 
9.3.8 List of Motor Spare Parts 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Wire J102 2003848 Probe Swinging Arm and Lifting Motor 
2 Wire J434 2003383 Rinsing Mechanism Lifting Motor 
3 Wire J441 2003479 For reaction disk motor 
4 Wire J223 2000165 For reagent disk motor 
5 Wire J0602 2015056 Motor of Mixing Lifting Mechanism 
6 Wire J440C 2004870 For mixing motor 
 
9.3.9 List of Valve Spare Parts 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Wire J1603 2015060 For two-way solenoid valve 1023461 (1 pc.) 
2 Wire J1403 2015058 For two-way solenoid valve1023461 (2 pcs.) 
3 Wire J1604 2015059 
For two-way solenoid valve 
1023461 (4 pcs.) 
For two-way solenoid valve 
1023462 (1 pc.) 
4 Wire J1609 2015057 For three-way solenoid valve 1022794 (1 pc.) 
 
9.3.10 List of Other Spare Parts 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Fuse 1013297 5×20 6.3A 250V 
2 EMI Filter 1013214 
3 Power Switch 1013253 
4 T-reducer 1009655 RT6-2.5, optional for ISE 
5 Diluent Tank Assembly 2009937 Optional ISE 
6 Internal Standard Solution Tank Assembly 2009936 Optional ISE 
7 Reference Solution Tank Assembly 2014348 Optional ISE 
 
145
9.4 Unit Exploded Drawing and Spare Parts List 
9.4.1 Optical Detection Unit (CS-T180-02-00) 
SAP Code: 2015065 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Raster Box —— 
2 Front Microscope Base Assembly of Reflector 2014704 
3 Halogen Lamp Assembly 2001904 
4 Fan 1030718 
5 Data Collection Board 08+09 (with Burned Program) 2001932 
5-01 Data Collection Board-08 2006382 Finished products need to be delivered with 09 
5-02 Data Collection Board-09 2006383 Finished products need to be delivered with 09 
6 CS6400 Wire P514 2004079 Connecting wire of AD board and main control board 
7 Wire B06-P4 2012199 
8 Wire JFan02 2011753 Connecting wire of fan 
9 Wire JS02 2011734 Connecting wire of thermistor 
146
1
2
5-02
5-01
3
6
7
4
8
9
CS-T180-02-00
147
9.4.2 Probe Unit 
9.4.2.1 Probe Unit (Upper Part) (CS-T180-03-01-00) 
SAP Code: —— 
 
 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Probe Housing 1027949 
2 Compression Screw 1003883 
3 Guide Pin 1007278 
4 Reagent Probe Compression Spring 1007847 
5 Anti-rotation Block 1007280 
6 Reagent Probe Rack 1007633 
7 Guide Sleeve 1025478 
8 Sample Probe Arm 1004827 
9 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw M3×8 1008288 
10 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw M3×6 1008287 
11 Probe Arm Cardboard 1007736 
12 Flat-head Cross Screw M3×5 1008302 
13 Probe Arm Connection Piece 1027474 
14 Hexagon Socket Set Screw with Cup Point M4×8 1008520 
15 Hexagon Socket Cap Screw M3×8 1008310 
16 Circuit Board Washer 1007684 
17 CS-T180 Liquid Level Detecting Board (with Burned Program) 2014286 
18 Inner Pressing Plate of Probe Arm 1007474 
19 Syringe Pump Tube Connector 1009527 
20 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw M3×18 1008519 
21 Seal Ferrule 1008074 
22 Reagent Box Connector 1009685 
23 CS400 Tube 148 (Assembly) 2005156 
24 Cross Recessed Pan-head Screw M3×8 2011686 
25 Probe Tube 1029226 
26 Probe Protective Tube T180 1029227 
27 Wire B11-P 2011686 
148
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
5
9
10
1211 13 14
15
16
17
24
18
1920212223
27
2526
 
CS-T180-03-01-00
149
9.4.2.2 Probe Unit (Lower Part) (CS-T180-03-02-00) 
SAP Code: —— 
 
 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Timing Belt 1008957 
2 Hexagon Socket Set Screws with Cup Point M4×5 1008300 
3 Linear Bearing 1008778 
4 Flange Bearing 1008805 
5 Timing Belt 1008955 
6 Wire J102 2003848 Probe Swinging Arm and Lifting Motor 
6-01 Wire J102 - Arm Swing Motor 1011871 
6-02 Wire J102 - Lifting Motor 1011872 
7 Groove Optocoupler 1023766 
8 Deep Groove Ball Bearing 1008804 
9 Deep Groove Ball Bearing 1008803 
10 FPC Soft Circuit Board 1014524 Soft circuit board passing through the spline 
11 Timing Pulley 3M-20 1009084 
12 Timing Pulley 12XL 1009085 
13 Timing Pulley 20-3M 1009086 
14 Timing Pulley 34-XL 1009094 
15 Wire J0303 2011684 
150
7
5
113 9
15
14
12
6-01
7
1
2
6-02
6
8
4
15
2
10
13
CS-T180-03-02-00
151
9.4.3 Rinsing Unit (CS-T180-05-00) 
SAP Code: —— 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Spring Holder 1007469 Qty.: 4 
2 Pressure Spring 1007846 Qty.: 4 
3 Rinsing Probe 3 (Made in China) 1006007 Qty.: 3 
4 Wiping Probe 2 1008033 
5 Spring Fixing Base 1027447 Qty.: 4 
6 Rinsing Probe Rack 1024694 
7 Fixing Screw 1004331 
8 O-ring 21.2×2.65 1008719 
9 Rinsing Probe Support 1007471 
10 Circlip for Shaft 10 1008596 
11 Hexagon Socket Cap Screw M4X10 1008317 
12 Connecting Plate 1004332 
13 Spring Washer 4 1008586 Qty.:2 
14 Hexagon Socket Combined Screw 
 
1008561 
15 Support Shaft 1003150 
16 Hexagon Socket Set Screws with 
 
1008330 Qty.: 5 
17 Sliding Block 1004261 
18 Shaft Bearing 1003164 
19 Rolling Ball Bearing 1008781 Qty.:2 
20 Split Washer 3 1008594 Qty.:2 
21 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined 
 
1008287 Qty.: 7 
22 Pressure Sheeting 1003295 Qty.:2 
23 Base 2006128 
24 Wire J434 2003383 Rinsing Mechanism Lifting Motor 
 
24-01 Stepper Motor 1011921 
25 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined 
 
1008293 Qty.: 3 
26 Wire J0502 2011701 
26-01 Groove Optocoupler 1023766 
27 Optocoupler Fixing Plate 3 1003162 
28 Rinsing Bath Cable Plugboard 
 
1000626 
29 Oscillating Bar Assembly 1003160 
152
4
1
2
3
10
11
12
15
23
16
17
1319 1821 2022
14
9
8
7
6
5
13
21 21 22 21
19
20
16
24
CS-T180-05-00
24-01
25
26
26-01
27 28
29
153
9.4.4 Mixing Unit (CS-T180-06-00) 
SAP Code: —— 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Upper Cover of Swinging Motor 1007487 
2 Encoding Disk Motor Cover 1007484 
3 Encoding Disk Combination 1024699 
4 Cross Pan-head Screw M3×40 1008280 
5 Wire J0602 2015056 
5-01 Stepper Motor 1011907 
5-02 Stepper Motor 1011873 
6 Fixing Sheeting 1003159 
7 Pin Fixing Plate 1003158 
8 Sliding Block 1004261 
9 Shaft Bearing 1003164 
10 Arm Swing Motor Fixing Base Assembly 2006193 
11 Rolling Ball Bearing 1008781 
12 Pressure Sheeting 1004261 
13 Oscillating Bar Assembly 1003160 
14 Base 2006128 
15 Optocoupler Fixing Plate 1 1003161 
16 Wire J0604 2011711 
16-01 Groove Optocoupler 1023766 
17 Optocoupler Fixing Plate 3 1003162 
18 Cable plugboard fixing plate 1003163 
19 Mixing Bearing Assembly 1001311 
20 Mixing Bar 1008016 
21 Swing Arm for Mixing 1024700 
22 Shell of Support Arm for Mixing 1025202 
23 Connecting Block for Mixing 1004818 
24 Mixing Motor Installation Piece 1003938 
25 Locating Block 1007210 
26 Wire J440C 2004870 
26-01 Hollow Cuvette Motor 1011890 
154
3
10
2
15
1
5-01
16-01
8913 12
5-02
2423
19
17
26-01
16
7
6
14 11
20
18
4
22
21
26
16
5
5
25
CS-T180-06-00
155
9.4.5 Reaction Disk and Drive Mechanism 
9.4.5.1 Overall Unit (CS-T180-04-00) 
SAP Code: 2008800 
 
 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Installation Baseplate Assembly 2009917 
2 Drive Mechanism 2009914 Refer to 9.4.5.2 
3 Incubation Bath Assembly 2009915 Refer to 9.4.5.3 
4 Cuvette Installation Disk Assembly 2009916 
4-01 Cuvette 1027510 
4-02 Cuvette Fixing Screw 1027509 
156
CS-T180-04-00
4-01
4
3
2
1
4-02
157
9.4.5.2 Drive Mechanism (CS-T180-04-01-00) 
SAP Code: 2009914 
 
 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Bearing Fixing Sleeve 1004262 
2 Set Pin for Disk 1003315 
3 Waterproof Plug 1007975 
4 Motor Gear 1009080 
5 Hexagon Socket Set Screw with Cup Point M4×6 1008377 
6 Waterproof Hood of Motor Gear 1007022 
7 Disk Drive Support 1007767 
8 CS400 Wire J441 (Assembly) 2003479 
8-01 Stepper Motor 1011874 
9 Damping Device Assembly 2000436 
10 Rolling Ball Bearing 1008783 
11 Support Column 1027499 
12 300-Gear Disk 1009076 
158
CS-T180-04-01-00 
11
2
1
3
5
4
6
7
8
9
10
12
8-01
159
9.4.5.3 Incubation Bath Assembly (CS-T180-04-02-00) 
SAP Code: 2009915 
 
 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Incubation Bath 1027500 
2 Wire J0405 2011755 
2-01 Fan 1027755 3 pcs. in total 
3 Fan Partition 1030726 
4 Fan Pressure Sheeting 1030727 
5 Wire J0402 2011702 
5-01 Optocoupler 1013345 2 pcs. in total 
6 Wire JHeating01 2011760 
6-01 Heating Belt 1030730 
6-02 Temperature Switch 1030806 On the bottom of incubation bath 
7 Socket Rack 1030729 
8 Wire JS03 2011729 
8-01 Temperature Sensor 1023727 
9 Overflow Connector 1027506 3 pcs. in total 
10 Disk Cover Pin 1029217 
11 Fan Protective Piece 1030728 
12 Outer Window Pressure Sheeting 1027502 
160
CS-T180-04-02-00
5
5-01
12
3
1
42-01
6
8-01
11
10
7
9
8
2
6-01
6-02
161
9.4.6 Sample/ Reagent Disk Unit 
9.4.6.1 Overall Unit (CS-T180-11-00) 
SAP Code: 2009898 
 
 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Chamber Cover Assembly 2010243 
2 Sample/ Reagent Disk Rack Assembly 2014996 Refer to 9.4.6.2 
3 Refrigeration Chamber 2010237 Refer to 9.4.6.3 
4 Sample/ Reagent Disk Drive Mechanism 2010238 Refer to 9.4.6.4 
5 Waterproof Pad 1007974 
162
5
1
4
2
3
CS-T180-11-00
 
 
 
163
9.4.6.2 Sample/ Reagent Disk Rack Assembly (CS-T180-11-10-00) 
SAP Code: 2014996 
 
 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Lock Bolt 1006956 
2 Lock Nut 1006955 
3 Rubber Mat 1037918 
4 Sample/ Reagent Disk Rack 1037917 
164
2
4
1
1
3
2
CS-T180-11-10-00
 
 
 
165
9.4.6.3 Refrigeration Chamber (CS-T180-11-09-00) 
SAP Code: 2010237 
 
 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Rubber Foaming Seal Strip 1008756 
2 Plastic Circlip 1027633 
3 Disk Body 1027630 
4 Insulation Cover 2 1027632 
5 Radiator 1027635 
6 Lower Ventilation Hood 1027637 
7 JFan06 2011751 
8 JCooling01 2011767 
8-01 Peltier 1025290 
9 Front Ventilation Hood 1027636 
10 JFan07 2011752 
11 JCooling02 2011769 
12 JS05 2011733 Required to be assembled (with 
thermal silicone grease 
and glue 460) 12-01 Refrigeration Temperature Block 1004519 
13 Insulation Pad 2 1037922 
14 Glass Slide 1000081 
15 Wire JHeating04 2011757 
16 Heating Window Rack 1003172 
17 Insulation Pad 1 1037921 
166
CS-T180-11-09-00
12
12-01
13
9
14
2
8
16
17
15
11
6
3
10
8-01
1
4
5
5
7
8-01
 
 
 
167
9.4.6.4 Sample Reagent Disk Drive Mechanism (CS-T180-11-08-00) 
SAP Code: 2015061 
 
 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Timing Belt 1008956 
2 Hexagon Socket Set Screws with Cup Point M4×6 1008377 
3 Reagent Disk Joint Sleeve 1006917 
4 Insulation Cover 1027629 
5 Deep Groove Ball Bearing 1008783 
6 Connection Fixing Column 1007489 
7 Sample Timing Encoding Disk 1007488 
8 Waterproof Plug 1007975 
9 Timing Pulley 1009081 
10 Motor Waterproof Hood 1007490 
11 Disk Drive Support 1007475 
12 Wire J223 2000165 Drive Motor 
12-01 Wire J223 for stepper motor 1011934 
13 Damping Device Assembly 2000436 
14 Wire J1102 2011687 For zeroing and counting optocoupler 
15 Groove Optocoupler 1023766 
168
7
8
1
4
2
2
12
13
3
2
10
6
5
11
12-01
9
2
5
2
15
14
CS-T180 -11-08 -00
 
 
 
 
169
9.4.7 Constant-temperature Degassing Assembly (CS-T180-13-00) 
SAP Code: 2009924 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008467 
2 Tank Support Plate 1025675 
3 Installation Column 1025694 
4 Lower Insulation Cover 1025709 
5 Connector G18-4 1009534 
6 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008288 
7 Seal Joint 1025692 
8 Constant-temperature Degassing Upper Cover 1025691 
9 Water Block 1025693 
10 Wire JS07 2011731 
10-01 Temperature Sensor 1026128 
11 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008287 
12 Wire JHeating05 2011762 
12-01 Heating Belt 1025710 
12-02 Temperature Switch 1030310 
13 Constant-temperature Degassing Rack 1025674 
14 Upper Insulation Cover 1025708 
15 Insulated Cotton of Tank 1025707 
16 Constant-temperature Degassing Tank 1025690 
17 O-ring 1033917 
170
CS-T180-13-00
7
5
6
8
2
3
1
4
13
16
12
17
15
14 12-02
9
11
12-01
10
10-01
171
9.4.8 Syringe Pump Unit (CS-T180-14-00) 
SAP Code: 2015066 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Syringe Pump Installation Plate 1025676 
2 Pump Optocoupler Adapter Board (Assembly) 2000381 
3 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008288 
4 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008465 
5 Single Valve Fixing Plate 1025679 
6 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008288 
7 Single Valve Plate -X225 1025695 
8 Wire J1403 2015058 
8-01 Two-way Solenoid Valve 1023461 
9 Solenoid Valve Connector 1009525 
10 Pan-head Cross Screw 1008297 
11 Cross Recessed Small Pan-head Screw 1008399 
12 Exhaust Block 1 1032079 
13 O-ring 1008764 
14 Exhaust Block 2 1032080 
15 Wire J1402 2011693 
15-01 Motor 1030805 
16 Wire J1401 2011692 
172
2
3
4
1
7
8-01
6
5
8-01
10
15-01
8
9
11
15
16-01
16
CS-T180-14-00
14
12
13
173
9.4.9 Group Valve Assembly (CS-T180-16-00) 
SAP Code: 2015422 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Wire J1604 2015059 
1-01 Two-way Solenoid Valve 1023461 
1-02 Two-way Solenoid Valve 1023462 
2 Solenoid Valve Connector 1009560 
3 Five Valve Plate 1025698 
4 Group Valve Rack 1025681 
5 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008291 
6 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008288 
7 Internal Thread Connector G14-4 1024018 
8 Wire J1609 2015057 
8-01 3-way Solenoid Valve 1022794 
9 Cross Pan-head Screw 1008267 
10 Plug 1025714 
11 Solenoid Valve Connector 1009525 
12 Wire J1603 2015060 
12-01 Two-way Solenoid Valve 1023461 
174
CS-T180-16-00
8-01
10
6
12-01
11
1
4
3
5
1-01
9
7
8
1-02
2
12
175
9.4.10 Waste Liquid Assembly (CS-T180-10-00) 
SAP Code: 2015067 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008291 
2 Check Valve 1009867 
3 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008287 
4 Pressure Sensor Module Plate (with Burned Program) 2001534 
5 Y-Connector 1009549 
6 Pump Rack 1027460 
7 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008348 
8 Liquid Collection Vacuum Tank Assembly (Semi-finished Product) 2002037 
9 Hexagon Socket Combined Screw 1008560 
10 Waste Liquid Tank Rack 1025673 
11 Wire JP2 2011765 
11-01 Diaphragm Pump 1026470 
12 Wire JP1 2011764 
12-01 Diaphragm Pump 1026470 
176
CS-T180-10-00
1
8
5
10 6
3
12
11
12-01
4
9
7
2
11-01
177
9.4.11 Waste Liquid Tank Assembly (CS-T180-15-00) 
SAP Code: 2016057 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Bulkhead Connector 1025720 
2 Float Pressure Cap 1007180 
3 Low-concentration Waste Liquid Cover 1025697 
4 Set Pin 1007297 
5 Float Fixing Base 1004607 
6 Water Tank 2009900 
7 Wire PSW04-1 2011745 
7-01 Float Pressure Cap 1007180 
7-02 Float Pressing Plate 1007186 
7-03 Float of Waste Liquid Tank 1025711 
8 Bulkhead Connector 1025721 
178
CS-T180-15-00
2
5
6
4
1
3
7
7-03
8
7-02
7-01
179
9.4.12 Pure Water Assembly (CS-T180-19-00) 
SAP Code: 2016056 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Float Pressure Cap 1007180 
2 Wire PSW05 2011747 
2-01 Float Pressing Plate 1007186 
2-02 Water Tank Float 1025712 
3 Float Fixing Base 1004607 
4 Water Tank 2009900 
5 ISE Filter 200 1008102 
6 Detergent Filter Connector 1007202 
7 XR78-305\ Tube 2013012 
8 Set Pin 1007297 
9 Water Outlet Cover 1025700 
10 Panel Installation Connector 1/4-28 UNF 1009564 
180
2-02
4
2
10
8
7
9
6
1
3
2-01
5
CS-T180-19-00
181
9.4.13 Detergent Tank Assembly (CS-T180-23-00) 
SAP Code: 2015423 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Wire PSW06 2011748 
1-01 Detergent Tank Cap Pad 1025706 
1-02 Detergent Float 1025713 
2 Bottle Body (with Cover) 2006185 
3 ISE Filter 200 1008102 
4 Detergent Filter Connector 1007202 
5 FR22-167\ Tube 2013006 
6 O-ring 1018605 
7 Flanging Connector 1020420 
182
CS-T180-23-00
4
5
6 1
1-01
1-02
2
3
7
183
9.4.14 Cover Assembly 
9.4.14.1 Cover Overall Unit (CS-T180-12-00) 
SAP Code: —— 
 
 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Upper Cover Assembly 2011623 Refer to 9.4.14.2 
2 Beam Welding Assembly of Upper Cover 1029228 
3 Screw Cap 1036330 
4 Rear Connecting Piece 1029086 
5 Set Pin 1030776 
6 Nitrogen Spring 1029180 
7 Left Cover 1036480 
8 Lower Pivot Point of Gas Strut 1029232 
9 Cover Assembly —— Refer to 9.4.14.3 
10 Front Cover 1029075 
11 Locating Pin 1029089 
12 Front Side Coaming 1029088 
13 Side Coaming 1029087 
14 Tank Bottom Foot (Large) 1007961 
15 Sample Dispensing Indicator Lamp Board CS-T180 1037991 
16 Power Switch 1013253 
17 Right Cover 1036481 
18 EMI Filter, Fuse 1013214/101329719 Rear Cover 1025756 
20 Rear Upper Cover 1029076 
21 Hinge Assembly —— Refer to 9.4.14.4 
22 Locating Pin 1030776 
184
4
3
2
CS T180 12 00- - -
1
5
6
7
8
9
5
22
10
11
12
21
20
4
19
6
5
5
18
17
16
15
14
13
185
9.4.14.2 Upper Cover Assembly (CS-T180-12-08-00) 
SAP Code: 2011623 
 
 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Front Fixing Plate of Upper Cover 1029082 
2 Front Connecting Piece of Upper Cover 1029083 
3 Upper Cover 1029080 
4 Inspection Window 1029081 
186
4
3
2
1
CS T180 12 08 00- - - -
187
9.4.14.3 Cover Assembly (CS-T180-12-07-00) 
SAP Code: —— 
 
 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Left Upper Cover 1029077 
2 Left Middle Cover 1029090 
3 Induction Disk Cover 1036728 
4 Left Lower Cover 1029078 
5 Rinsing Tube Fixing Sleeve 1041802 
6 Screw Cap 1036330 
7 Reagent Disk Cover 1027644 
8 Right Cover 1029079 
9 Rubber Jacket 1007495 
10 Knob 1007496 
188
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
9
10
CS T180 12 07 00- - - -
189
9.4.14.4 Hinge Assembly (CS-T180-12-21-00) 
SAP Code: —— 
 
 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Self-lubricating Bearing 1008835 
2 Hinge Shaft 1029229 
3 Split Washer 5 1008595 
4 Hinge Support 1029231 
5 Hinge for Upper Cover 1029230 
190
4
3
2
1
5
CS T180 12 21 00- - - -
191
9.4.15 ISE Unit 
9.4.15.1 Test System Assembly (CS-T180-20-01-00) 
SAP Code: 2016232 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Wire J351 2000269 Flow Cell 
2 Flow Cell Retaining Clip 1025701 
3 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008288 
4 Seal Ring 1013583 
5 K Electrode Head 1013582 
6 K Electrode Wire 1014486 
7 CI Electrode 1013581 
8 K Nut 1013584 
9 Cl Nut 1013586 
10 Wire JV14 2011723 
10-01 Pinch Valve 1009857 
11 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008484 
12 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008465 
13 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008292 
14 Test System Base 1025683 
15 Annular Fixer 1003554 
16 Proportioning Cup Assembly 2002108 
17 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008295 
18 Wire JV13 2011722 
18-01 Solenoid Valve 1036697 
19 Installation Ring 1009174 
20 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008287 
21 Solenoid Valve Connector 1009560 
22 Wire JV15 2011724 
22-01 Pinch Valve 1009866 
23 Electrode Mounting Plate 1025682 
24 Na Nut 1013585 
25 Ca Seal Plug 1007327 
26 Na Electrode 1013580 
192
CS-T180-20-01-00
1
13
17
4
2
8
10
15
5
3
22
23
11
20
19
24
12
18-01
10-01
18
14
7
25
26
16
22-01
21
9
6
193
9.4.15.2 Amplifier Board Assembly (CS-T180-20-02-00) 
SAP Code: 2016236 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Electrode Rack 1001352 
2 Electrode Fixing Plate 1004980 
3 Cross Recessed Countersunk Head Screw 1008303 
4 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008287 
5 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008288 
6 Amplifier Board Box 1025684 
7 Pre-amplification Board (Assembly) 2000408 
8 Amplifier Board Hood 1025685 
194
CS-T180-20-02-00
1
4
3
5
6
7
2
8
195
9.4.15.3 Pump Assembly (CS-T180-20-03-00) 
SAP Code: 2016235 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Pump Assembly Fixing Plate 1025686 
2 Wire JM06 2011719 
2-01 Peristaltic Pump 1009797 
3 Wire JM07 2011720 
3-01 Peristaltic Pump 1009797 
4 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008288 
5 Wire JP16 2014320 
5-01 Diaphragm Pump 1026470 
6 Wire JM05 2011715 
6-01 Syringe Pump 1025722 
7 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008288 
8 Pump Adapter Assembly 2000405 
196
CS-T180-20-03-00
1
6-01
3-01
4
8
3
5
6
2-01
2
7
5-01
197
9.4.15.4 Valve Assembly (CS-T180-20-04-00) 
SAP Code: 2016234 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Adapter 1/4"-16 1009707 
2 Electrode Waste Liquid Tank Connector 1025703 
3 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008288 
4 Electrode Waste Liquid Tank Fixing Plate 1025689 
5 Reagent Bottle Cap 1007613 
6 Thread Cap 1 1007096 
7 O-ring 1008740 
8 Reagent Bottle 1007615 
9 Degassing Tank CS400ISE 2002240 
10 Wire JV11 2011725 
10-01 Solenoid Valve 1036697 
11 Valve Assembly Mounting Plate 1025687 
12 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008484 
13 Pressure Sensor Module Plate (with Burned Program) 2001534 
14 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008287 
15 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008291 
16 Electrode Waste Liquid Tank Fixing Pillar 1025702 
17 Wire JV12 2011726 
17-01 Solenoid Valve 1036697 
18 Electrode Waste Liquid Tank Upper Cap 1025704 
198
12
17-01
14
15
17
16
18
13
11
7
10
5
8
9
10-01
6
1
2
3
4
CS-T180-20-04-00
199
9.4.15.5 Internal Standard Solution Tank Assembly (CS-T180-22-01-00) 
SAP Code: 2009936 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Flanging Connector 1020420 
2 Internal Standard Solution Tank Cap 2006237 
3 O-ring 1018605 
4 ISE Tank Cap Pad 1025705 
5 Tube FR22-180-02 2014293 
6 Detergent Filter Connector 1007202 
7 ISE Filter 200 1008102 
8 Internal Standard Solution Tank 1011767 
200
CS-T180-22-01-00
2
1
3
7
4
8
6
5
201
9.4.15.6 Reference Solution Tank Assembly (CS-T180-22-04-00) 
SAP Code: 2014348 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Flanging Connector 1020420 
2 Internal Standard Solution Tank Cap 2006237 
3 O-ring 1018605 
4 ISE Tank Cap Pad 1025705 
5 Tube FR22-180-01 2014292 
6 Detergent Filter Connector 1007202 
7 ISE Filter 200 1008102 
8 Internal Standard Solution Tank 1011767 
202
CS-T180-22-04-00
1
4
7
8
5
6
2
3
203
9.4.15.7 Alkene Dispensing Tank Assembly (CS-T180-22-02-00) 
SAP Code: 2009937 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Flanging Connector 1020420 
2 O-ring 1018605 
3 Alkene Dispensing Tank Cap 2006238 
4 ISE Tank Cap Pad 1025705 
5 Tube FR22-160-01 2012999 
6 Detergent Filter Connector 1007202 
7 ISE Filter 200 1008102 
8 Alkene Dispensing Tank 1011761 
204
5
8
4
3
2
1
7
6
CS-T180-22-02-00
205
9.4.15.8 ISE Reagent Tank Assembly (CS-T180-22-00) 
SAP Code: 2009933 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Internal Standard Solution Tank Assembly 2009936 
2 Reference Solution Tank Assembly 2014348 
3 Alkene Dispensing Tank Assembly 2009937 
4 Tank Rack 1027461 
206
3
1
2
4
CS-T180-22-00
207
9.5 Pipeline Diagram and Spare Part Codes List 
(1) List of Tubing Spare Parts 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Tube 1 2012963 
2 Tube 2 2012633 
3 Tube 4 2011964 
4 Tube 9 2012964 
5 Tube 10 2012936 
6 Tube 11 2011604 
7 Tube 12 2016720 
8 Tube 13 2016721 
9 Tube 15 2016722 
10 Tube 17 2013006 
11 Tube 18 2015021 
12 Tube 19 2015022 
13 Tube 20 2013007 
14 Tube 21 2013008 
15 Tube 22 2011995 
16 Tube 24 2015323 
17 Tube 25 2015324 
18 Tube 26 2015025 
19 Tube 27 2012944 
20 Tube 28 2015325 
21 Tube 29 2015019 
22 Tube 30 2015023 
23 Tube 32 2012947 
24 Tube 33 2012948 
25 Tube 34 2012949 
26 Tube 35 2012950 
27 Tube 36 2015020 
28 Tube 37 2015046 
29 Tube 38 2012953 
208
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
30 Tube 39 2012954 
31 Tube 40 2013012 
32 Tube 41 2013013 
33 Tube 42 2012626 
34 Tube 43 2015024 
35 Tube 44 2012957 
36 Tube 45 2012628 
37 Tube 47 2012629 
38 Tube 48 2012956 
39 Tube 49 2012630 
40 Tube 50 2012642 
41 Tube 51 2012625 
42 Tube 52 2013014 
43 Tube 54 2012959 
44 Tube 55 2012960 
45 Tube 56 2012961 
46 Tube 57 2012962 
 
(2) List of Connector and Function Parts 
No. Code Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 F1 3/8 T-Connector T670-6005\ T-Connector 1009530 
2 F2 SCV06265\ Check Valve 1009867 
3 F4 1/8 Y-Connector (Y230-1)\Y-Connector 1009549 
4 F5 BHU2202\ Bulkhead Connector 1025719 
5 F6 BHU2204\ Bulkhead Connector 1025720 
6 F7 CS-T180-16-04\ Bore Through Connector 1031967 
7 F8 BHU2206\ Bulkhead Connector 1025721 
8 F9 CS-6400CAB-02-27 P-606\ Square Connector 1009713 
9 F10 PMS230-1\ Tube Connector 1009564 
10 F11 N8S8\ Thread Reverse Clasp Joint 1025717 
11 F12 N8E8\ Right-angle Thread Adapter 1025718 
209
12U1 CS-T180-10-00 Waste Liquid Assembly 2015067 
13 U2 
CS-T180-13-00 
Constant-temperature Degassing 
Assembly 
2009924 
14 U3 CS-T180-14-00 Syringe Pump Unit 2015066 
15 U4 CS-T180-15-00 Waste Liquid Tank Assembly 2016057 
16 U5 CS-T180-16-00 Group Valve Assembly 2015422 
17 U6 CS-T180-19-00 Pure Water Unit 2016056 
18 U7 CS-T180-23-00 Detergent Tank Assembly 2015423 
 
210
Low-concentration 
Waste Liquid Tank
High-concentration 
Waste Liquid Tank
Deionized Water
Pressure
Sensor
Check Valve
Alkaline Detergent
Probe 4 Probe 2Probe 3 Probe 1
Reaction Disk Reagent Refrigeration Chamber
M
ixing R
insing B
ath
P
robe R
insing B
ath
211
9.6 Accessories Case Exploded Drawing and Spare Parts List 
9.6.1 Accessories Case (CS-T180-BZ-06-00) 
SAP Code: —— 
 
 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Accessories Case Upper Cover 1040844 
2 Accessories Case 2nd Layer Refer to 9.6.2 
3 Accessories Case 3rd Layer Refer to 9.6.3 
4 Accessories Case 4th Layer Refer to 9.6.4 
5 Accessories Case Cardboard Box 1040843 
212
2
5
4
3
1
CS-T180-BZ-06-00
213
9.6.2 Accessories Case 2nd Layer (CS-T180-BZ-10) 
SAP Code: —— 
 Note: a copy of Operation Procedure (1038114) and a copy of Maintenance Procedure (1038116) shall be 
prepared on accessories case lining-3. 
 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 
CS-T180 Accessory Case 
Comparison Diagram 1037891 
Inspection Certificate for Instrument 
Products 1011550 
Maintenance & Repair Service Card 
of Instrument Products 1011549 
CS-T180 User Manual 1038110 
Installation Acceptance Report 1038112 2 volumes 
Installation CD of Auto-Chemistry 
Analyzer (General) 1011782 
CD Bag 1011783 
Zippered Bag 1011746 
2 10A/220V\ Flexible Power Cable 1011743 
3 S6500-GY\ Category 5 Cable 1030645 
4 CS-T180-BZ-10 Accessories Case Lining-3 1040847 
5 
CS-400-03-04 Spring Clip 1007469 2 pcs. 
CS-400-03-03 Pressure Spring 1007846 2 pcs. 
Pressure Spring 1026457 
Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined 
Screw M4×16 1008295 5 pcs. 
Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined 
Screw M4×8 1008291 8 pcs. 
6 
Fuse 5×20 / 6.3A/250V 1013297 2 pcs. 
Probe Unblocking Needle 1029683 1 No. 
7 None Standby 
8 Probe Unblocking Tool (Optional) 2000426 
9 Allen Wrench 1.5mm 1011734 
10 Allen Wrench 2mm 1011735 
214
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5 6
10
CS-T180-BZ-10
215
9.6.3 Accessories Case 3rd Layer (CS-T180-BZ-09) 
SAP Code: —— 
 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Reagent Bottle 1011819 90 pcs. (35ml) 
2 CS-T180-BZ-09 Accessories Case Lining-2 1040846 
3 Standard Cup 1011733 500 pcs./bag 
4 Cross Screwdriver 1011736 
216
2
3
1
4
CS-T180-BZ-09
217
9.6.4 Accessories Case 4th Layer (CS-T180-BZ-08) 
SAP Code: —— 
 
 
No. Name SAP Code Remarks 
1 Optional ISE Assembly —— 1 set 
2 None —— Standby 
3 Reagent Bottle (70ml) 1011766 3 sets 
4 Reagent Bottle (20ml) 1011762 20 pcs. 
5 CS-T180-BZ-08 Accessories Case Lining-1 1040845 
6 
CS-T180 Tube 38 2012953 
CS-T180 Tube 37 2012944 
CS-T180 Tube 27 2015046 
218
CS-T180-BZ-08
4
5
1
2
3
6
219
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 
 
Chapter 10 Manual revision and change record 
 
 
No. Revision No. Date of Revision Contents of Revision 
Chapter of 
Revision 
1 REV.2018-08 2018-08 First edition 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
 
220